Home

Lexmark C 76x (5060-4xx)

1. B 5041 030 Previous Go Back LVPS board Connector Connects to Pin no Signal CNO1 Main switch 1 AC L 2 3 AC N CN02 Fuser sensor 1 COM 2 HT3 3 HT2 4 HT1 Locations 5 31 5041 030 LVPS board Connector Connects to Pin no Signal CNO3 RIP Board 5V GND Printhead controller board 5V GND 24V GND Engine board 5V GND OO CO NI oD a BR jJ N 24V E o GND CNO04 Printhead controller board ACXerox P Heater3N Heater2N Heater1N Sleep2 Sleep1 HT24 GND Engine board OO CO NI al oo AJ oJ N FAN GND E o FAN ARM k FAN CNO5 RIP Board k RL_OFF P RL_ON P GND 5V SB CNO6 Power supply fan BR Oj N FAN FAN ARM w N FAN GND 5 32 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 ae tcc T Previous Option feeder locations A Option feeder layout v Upper UL1 Interface MR Go Back Transport Motor po e Transport Clutch zjz E Hs 8 s cL pi a I io onl CN120 CN121 E few Paper tray lift motor 3 1 9 1 3 p20 P22 Paper TI 1 Ba 7 B_I 5 8 Hi H 6 es 5 H lc 7 8 8
2. Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is the fuser installed and seated properly Go to step 2 Properly install the fuser 2 Are CNO2 and CNO04 on the LVPS and CN16 on the Go to step 3 Properly connect printhead controller board properly connected all the cables 3 Check the fuser connectors on the fuser power cable Replace the fuser Go to step 4 for damage Is there any damage power cable 4 Check the fuser power cable for continuity Is there Go to step 5 Replace the fuser continuity power cable 5 Replace the fuser Does this fix the problem Problem solved Go to step 6 6 Replace the printhead controller board Does this fix Problem solved Go to step 7 the problem 7 Replace the LVPS See Low volt power supply Problem solved Replace the fuser removal on page 4 43 Does this fix the problem power cable 126 xx Power switch error Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is the power switch cable properly connected to CN27 Properly connect Go to step 2 on the engine controller board the connector 2 Replace the power switch Does this fix the problem Problem resolved Go to step 3 3 Replace the engine controller board Does this fix the Problem resolved Go to step 4 problem 4 Replace the power switch cable harness Does this fix Problem resolved Contact your the problem second level support 130 xx High voltage power supply error Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check CN11 on th
3. 7 15 exit solenoid cable 40X6165 22 eee en rn nn eee eee 7 23 F F2 S transfer spring 40X6159 eee ee ee ee ee eee 77 Feed roll 40X6179 2 nnn rn nn en eens 7 19 Feed roll gear 40X6177 nnn nen eee eee 7 19 Forms and barcode card 40X6921 7 40 Front cover 40X6280 2 2 2 reer rrr e ee eee 2 5 Front logo 40X6281 eee ee ISl 7 3 Fuser duct 40X6170 9 2 een nn ee ee eee eee 7 15 Fuser exit sensor cable 40X6278 7 15 Fuser fan 40X6171 2 2 0 eee e ree eee eee eee eee ee eee reer eee 7 15 fuser fan 40X6171 2 2 ree reer ee eee eee ee eee ee eee eee 723 H Handle cover 40X6174 2 2 eee ne ee eee eee 7 17 High voltage power supply 40X6212 7 7 7 21 Horizontal paperfeed sensor 40X1173 2 2 0 err eee eee eee ee eee reer ee eeee 7 37 l 8 Service Manual 5041 030 Humidity sensor 40X6202 2 2 eee ne ee eee eee eee 7 21 humidity sensor 40X6203 2 2 enn nn nn ne eee 7 23 Humidity sensor cable 40X6203 7 21 HVT Cable
4. 7 9 Duplex ground cable 40X6259 2 een ne nn nee ee eee 7 7 Duplex ground plate 40X6148 e eee ee ee ee ee eee eee ee 7 7 Duplex roler bushing 40X6147 2 e ee een eee ee eee eee 7 7 Duplex static brush 40X6260 ull llllllllllllellll ll llle lll e 7 7 Duplex timing belt 40X6155 2 ee eee ee ee ee ee eee eee eee zy E Electrical screw parts pack 40X7448 eee eee eee 7 21 7 23 engine board 40X6196 7 22 22 eee rere ee eee eee e ee ee 7 23 engine board fan cable 40X6427 7 7 23 Engine board fanl 40X6427 22 ene nr en ee eee eee 7 21 engine paperfeed cable 40X6367 22 02 r rere rere eee eee eee 7 23 Engine power supply cable 40X6368 7 21 engine power supply cable 40X6368 2 02 e reer rere eee eee eee eee eee ee ee 7 93 Exit drive unit motor 40X6164 ee ee eee ne eee ee eee eee 7 15 Exit drive unit solenoid 40X6165 7 15 Exit sensor cable 40X6168 nee nn eee ee eee eee 7 11 Exit solenoid bracket 40X6355
5. 7 19 Serial interface card adapter 40X4819 7 40 SFP video board 40X6287 2 22 ene eee eee 7 21 Simplified Chinese font card 40X5970 7 40 South Africa powercord 40X1773 22ers 7 40 Spain 8ft straight powercord 40X3141 7 40 Speaker 40X6117 2 2 0 eee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee ee 7 3 Standard registration roller 40X6581 7 19 Static discharge brush 40X6195 eee nee eee eee 7 19 Stepper motor cable 40X6233 eee ee en ee ee ee eee eee 7 35 Sub drive unit 40X6163 22 eee ne ee eee ee eee 7 15 Sub frame 40X6160 22 022 rere eee eee eee eee eee eee eee 7 13 Sub tray 40M6141 2 262 2 222 sscceseeeccecceceeeesesesntceseedecesee Dami eS ERT ke2 RES 7 9 Switzerland powercord 40X1772 een nn eee eee 7 40 T Taiwan powercord 40X1791 22 n er en eee eee 7 40 Theta sensor 40X6197 2 eee ne ee eee 7 21 Theta sensor cable 40X6198 lll llllllllllllll Seller elles 7 21 Timing belt 40X6235 r rr eee eee eee 7 37 Ti
6. Asm Part Units Units Description index number mach FRU 1 40X6419 1 1 MPF Clutch 2 40X6259 1 1 Duplex ground cable 3 40X1104 8 1 Photo interuptor 4 40X6416 1 1 MPF Engine board cable 5 40X6982 1 1 MPF paper empty lever 6 40X6152 1 1 A S Carrying roller 7 40X6147 8 1 Duplex roller bushing 8 40X6153 1 1 B S Carrying roller 9 40X6154 2 1 C S Carrying roller 10 40X6277 1 1 Discharge brush plate 11 40X6148 1 1 Duplex ground plate 12 40X6260 1 1 Duplex static brush 13 40X6159 1 1 F2 S Transfer spring 14 40X6143 2 1 Transfer roll bushing 15 40X6151 2 1 Roller guide spring 16 40X6258 1 1 Roller guide 17 40X6012 1 1 Transfer roll 18 40X1104 8 1 Photo interuptor 19 40X6158 1 1 Duplex clutch cable 20 40X6150 1 1 2 S Transfer spring 21 40X6149 1 1 Transfer contact plate 22 40X6259 1 1 Duplex ground cable 23 40X6142 1 1 Inner duplex cover 24 40X6144 4 1 Duplex carrying gear 25 40X6145 1 1 Paper exit sensor lever 26 40X6155 3 1 Duplex timing belt 27 40X6157 1 1 Duplex clutch 28 40X6146 1 1 Drive gear 29 40X6257 1 1 Carry cover NS 40X6499 1 1 Cover 1 screw parts pack Parts catalog 7 7 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Previous Assembly 4 Duplex components 2 Next e Go Back 7 8 Service Manual Assembly 4 Duplex components 2t 5041 030 Asm Part Units Units Description i
7. 7 19 Registration sensor actuator spring 40X6189 7 19 Registration sensor cable 40X6190 rrr rere rr rr rr errr rrr III 7 19 registration sensor cable 40X6190 rrr eee ee rr eee ee ree eee 7 23 Registration sensor cable 40X6193 errr eee ee eee eee eee eee 7 19 I 10 Service Manual 5041 030 Release link 40X6227 2 2 2 r reer rrr rrr eee eee eee eee eee eee 7 3 Release spring 40X6271 7 3 Remote off switch cable 40X7454 7 23 Retainer clip 40X1106 een ne nn ee eee eee 7 37 Right cover 40X6134 2 eee eee ee eee ee eee eee eee 7 9 Right hinge 40X6282 2 2 2 renee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee 7 3 RIP board 40X8539 eme me mmm mmm eee tee ec eee eed eee eee eeu em eee Eie eret as 7 21 RIP cable harness 40X6207 eee enn ene eee 7 21 RIP cage fan 40X6927 7 21 RIP harness cable 40X6207 2 nnn eee 7 23 RIP print controller cable 40X6370 22 ee eee ee ee ee eee eee 7 21 RIP UICC cable 40X6421
8. Ley I 3 Slide the paper feed roll B off the shaft to remove it Pick roll removal 1 Remove the paper tray from the option paper feed unit 2 Pull back the tab A on the pick roll JJ TTT TET M eA Debo d d 4 XC Ie 35 ap 3 Slide the pick roll B off of the shaft to remove it 5041 030 Previous Go Back Repair information 4 119 5041 030 Separator roll removal 1 Remove the paper tray from the option paper feed unit 2 Remove the clip A securing the separator roll to the shaft e E d jr s D EI Ce n Y Eo a Te eT L T jx 3 Slide the separator roll B off the shaft to remove it Paper size switches removal 1 Remove the paper tray from the option paper feed unit 2 Disconnect the cables A from the sensors 3 Remove the two screws B securing the sensor mounting bracket to the option tray rear frame 4 Remove the switches C from the bracket 4 120 Service Manual Previous Go Back 5041 030 Paper level sensor removal Previous 1 Remove the tray from the option paperfeed unit A 2 Remove the rear cover 3 Disconnect the paper level sensor cable Vv 4 Push the tabs securing the paper level sensor to the rear of the tray Next 5 Remove the sensor from
9. Asm Part Units Units Description index number mach FRU 1 40X6211 1 1 110V Fuser power cable 1 40X6440 1 1 220V Fuser power cable 2 40X6197 1 1 Theta sensor 3 40X6198 1 1 Theta sensor cable 4 40X6264 1 1 B S sensor cleaner 5 40X6371 1 1 Main power button 6 40X6213 1 1 Insulation 7 40X6204 1 1 Low voltage power supply 110V 7 40X5984 1 1 Low voltage power supply 220V 8 40X6368 1 1 Engine power supply cable 9 40X6210 1 1 Power supply fan cable 10 40X6287 1 1 SFP Video board 11 40X8539 1 1 RIP board 12 40X6405 1 1 RIP USB cable 13 40X6431 1 1 RIP UICC cable 14 40X6370 1 1 RIP print controller cable 15 40X6207 1 1 RIP cable harness 16 40X6356 1 1 Main power cable 17 40X6266 1 1 Sensor cover 18 40X6263 1 1 A S sensor cleaner 19 40X6265 1 1 Sensor cover spring 20 40X6199 1 1 Density sensor 21 40X6201 1 1 Density sensor cable 22 40X6202 1 1 Humidity sensor 23 40X6203 1 1 Humidity sensor cable 24 40X6428 3 1 Paper size sensor 25 40X6208 1 1 HVU cable High voltage power supply 26 40X6425 2 1 HVT cable Ground connection 27 40X6212 1 1 High volt power supply 28 40X6206 1 1 Main fan 29 40X6205 1 1 Power supply fan 30 40X6427 1 1 Engine board fan NS 40X6927 1 1 RIP cage fan NS 40X6458 3 1 RIP Video standoffs NS 40X7448 1 1 Electrical screw parts pack Parts catalog 7 21 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Assembly 11 Electrical 2 Previous Go Back
10. CAUTION A If the printer is kept on never touch the conductive parts while it is not specifically required Do not touch the LVPS cards and the engine board unless they are properly discharged Never touch the live parts The diagnostic information in this chapter leads you to the failing part Before you replace an entire assembly determine if just the defective part is available in the parts catalog Use the error code tables symptom table service checks and the diagnostic aids chapter to determine the symptom and repair the failure The removal procedures in the Repair information chapter may help you identify parts After you complete the repair perform the appropriate tests to verify the repair The table below lists the errors and symptoms you might encounter Use the links in the table to locate the error message or symptom and take the indicated action Error code or Location symptom Print quality issues Go to Print quality issues on page 2 4 Paper jams 200 xx Go to Paper jams on page 2 12 Error codes Go to Error codes on page 2 26 Attendance messages Go to User attendance messages on page 2 49 Other symptoms Go to Other symptoms on page 2 58 Safety feature notice This device is designed with a safety feature to prevent fire or damage due to an overheating fuser In the event the fuser should overheat the printer will automatically shutdow
11. Std registration roller a x Delivery roller 7 MPF tray Duplex exit MPF sensor actuator Duplex exit roller 3 36 Service Manual 5041 030 Paper registration Previous As the media trips the Registration Sensor it briefly stops at the Registration Rollers Here the leading edge is A adjusted so it is parallel with the image on the Transfer Belt and synchronized with the Belt s rotation Next the paper feed motor triggers the Registration Clutch to rotate the Registration Rollers to feed the paper toward the Vv Transfer Belt and 2nd Transfer Roller Next MPF Registration roll IN __ Transfer belt 5 Go Back Registration roll OUT Registration sensor actuator paper Transfer belt The media passes between the Transfer Belt surface and 2nd Transfer Roller Here the image transfers to the page and continues upward toward the Fuser Rollers Fuser The media passes the Fuser Entry Detection Sensor and enters the Fuser Here heat and pressure are applied to the page to bond the image permanently to the media The toner is impregnated with wax so it releases from the fuser rolls without the need of a wiper or oil coating roller The Fuser Rollers continue to feed the paper upward to the Fuser Exit Sensor and Fuser Exit Rolls Fuser belt Separator Halogen heater Halogen heater Press roller Heated roller Thermistor 3 Thermistor 1 at the
12. 7 33 40X6357 Right option tray cover 7 33 40X6982 MPF paper empty lever 7 7 512M DDR DRAM DIMM 40X5302 0 0 r errr eee ee rere eee ee ee ee eres 7 40 550 sheet paperfeed screw parts pack 40X7452 7 33 7 35 7 37 A A S carrying roller 40X6152 5 se5e sere ama anc sete sees seers neces esses ersreses 7 7 A S link arm 40X6268 7 3 A S link arm spring 40X6272 eee ee ee 7 3 A S pushing spring 40X6136 r rrr rrr rrr rrr ee 7 9 A S sensor cleaner 40X6263 7 21 Access cover 40X6124 7 3 Arabic font card 40X6337 2s erue ure eruere ree e rares se eee SH ees 7 40 Argentina powercord 40X0288 rrrruRRIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIce 7 40 Austrailia 8ft straight powercord 40X0301 7 40 B B S carrying roller 40X6153 20 crc re rer meters tees rset ia me cer es 7 7 B S link arm 40X6269 7 457 s ee Re se se eset se sce se sees eee see esse sees ee se 7 3 B S link a
13. 22 eee nen nn ee ee ee eee eee 7 24 RIP USB cable 40X6405 r r l eller lll eee llle 7 24 RIP video standoff 40X6458 enn ne eee 7 21 RIP Op panel cover 40X6431 2 eer ee nner eee ee er ee eee RI IR 7 5 RIP UICC cable 40X6549 cat ass saat me i in me ie ee ene ee eee eae 7 5 RIP USB cable 40X6405 2 er nner er ee ere eee 7 5 Rising unit hub 40X6358 2 2 2202 eee ee eee ee eee eee ee eee eee ee ee 7 35 Rising unit spring 40X6359 een enn ne eee eee 7 35 Roller guide 40X6258 2 2 eee ee ee ee eee eee eee T7 Roller guide spring 40X6151 llllll llle llle eee eller 7 7 Rubber grip pad 40X6421 22 eee ee nee eee eee ee 7 17 Safety rod switch 40X6127 22 eee ere ee ee eee eee eee 7 9 Safety spring 40X6133 7 9 Safety switch spring 40X6270 2 een ne eee eee ee 73 Sensor cover 40X6266 7 21 Sensor cover spring 40X6265 llll llllllllll lll nee eee 7 21 Sensor Frame 40X6354 l llllllllllllleelllllSlllll llle llee 7 3 Separator roll 40X6186
14. Diagnostic information 2 69 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Previous Go Back 2 70 Service Manual 3 Diagnostic aids 5041 030 This chapter explains the tests and procedures to identify printer failures and verify repairs have corrected the problem Understanding the printer operator panel M Buke wmo Tras BTW 9woz om Item Description 1 Display Shows the status of the printer 2 Home Lets you navigate back to the home screen 3 Keypad Allows you to enter numbers letters or symbols 4 Sleep Mode Enables Sleep Mode Note Touching any button on the screen will cause the printer to wake from Sleep Mode 5 USB Port Allows the user to connect a USB flash drive to the printer Note Only the front USB port supports flash drives 6 Indicator Light Off The printer is off Blinking green The printer is warming up processing data or printing Solid green The printer is on but idle Solid red Operator intervention is needed Amber The printer enters Sleep Mode or Hibernate Mode 7 Stop Cancel a print job or break out of a menu item in the printer menus Diagnostic aids 3 1 Previous A ha Go Back 5041 030 Understanding the homescreen icons and their functions Buttons appearing on the home screen may vary depending on home screen customization settings 1 Change Language
15. Disk Test Clean See Disk Test Clean on page 3 19 Flash Test See Flash Test on page 3 20 PRINTER SETUP Defaults See Defaults on page 3 20 Prt Color Pg Count Prt Mono Pg Count Perm Page Count See PAGE COUNTS on page 3 21 Serial Number See Serial Number on page 3 21 Model Name See Model Name on page 3 21 Configuration ID See Configuration ID on page 3 21 Par 1 Strobe Adj if installed See Par 1 Strobe Adj on page 3 22 REPORTS EVENT LOG Display Log See Display Log on page 3 22 Print Log See Print Log on page 3 22 Clear Log See Clear Log on page 3 23 EXIT DIAGNOSTICS Diagnostic aids 3 15 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 PRINT TESTS Print Tests input sources This test determines if the printer can print on media from any of the paper input sources Each of the installed sources is available within the Print Tests menu The content of the test page varies depending on the media installed in the selected input source e Ifa source is selected that contains paper then a page similar to the Quick Test Page is printed and does not contain the Print Registration diamonds e f a source is selected which contains envelopes then an Envelope Print Test pattern is printed This pattern contains only text which consists of continuous prints of each character in the
16. 2 eee eee ee ee eee eee eee 7 9 Low voltage power supply 110V 40X6204 7 21 Lower registration spring 40X6183 7 19 Lower registration spring 40X6423 eeeeee 7 19 M Main Standard paper tray 40X6219 2 02 reer e eee eee ee eee eee ee eee 7 29 Main drive unit 40X6173 22 e ee en eee eee 7 13 Main fan 40X6206 2 2 2 e rere errr eee eee eee ee eee eee 7 21 main fan 40X6206 7 22 0 e rr eer eee ee rrr 7 23 Main interface cable 40X6232 7 35 7 37 Main power cable 40X6356 2 ennn n e eeeee 7 21 Main pwoer buttonl 40X6371 7 2 2 creer rere eee eee eee reer ee 7 21 Marknet N8120 10 1000 PCBA 40X4826 7 40 Marknet N8130 10 100 adapter 40X4827 7 40 Marknet N8250 802 119 server rest of world 40X7063 7 40 Marknet N8250 802 11g server US 40X7062 7 40 MFP maintenance kit 40X6457 2 2 ee ee en ee ee ee eee eee 7 40 MPF bottom cover 40X6415 2 en nn
17. Diagnostic information 2 35 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 146 01 Trayterror Note This is the service check for the standard paper tray Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check the cable connecting the paper tray lift motor to Go to step 3 Go to step 2 CN 6 on the engine board Is the cable properly connected at both ends 2 Connect the cable properly at both ends Does this fix Problem Go to step 3 the problem resolved 3 Check the paper tray lift motor for continuity Is there Go to step 5 Go to step 4 continuity 4 Replace the paper tray lift motor cable Does this fix Problem Go to step 5 the problem resolved 5 Replace the paper tray lift motor Does this fix the Problem Go to step 6 problem resolved 6 Replace the engine board Does this fix the problem Problem Contact your resolved second level support 146 03 Tray 3 error Note This is the first expansion tray Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check the cable connecting the option paper tray to Go to step 3 Go to step 2 the option connector on the back of the printer Is the cable properly connected on both ends 2 Connect the cable properly at both ends Does this fix Problem Go to step 3 the problem resolved 3 Check the option cable s connection to CN 13 on the Go to step 4 Go to step 5 printhead controller board Is it properly connected 4 Check the op
18. Go Back B C A 3 Pull back the tab on the pick roll B and remove the pick roll Paperfeed roll removal 1 Remove the paperfeed unit See Paper feed unit removal on page 4 59 2 Remove the pick roll See Pick roll removal on page 4 105 3 Remove the nylon retainer clip C See pick roll removal illustration above 4 Remove the feed roll Repair information 4 105 5041 030 Separator roll removal Previous 1 Lower the duplex unit to the down position 2 Remove the outer cassette guide A Go Back 3 Remove the inner cassette guide B 4 Remove the plastic e clip C that secures the separator roll to the shaft 5 Remove the separator roll 4 106 Service Manual 5041 030 Registration roll removal Previous Note This removal applies to both sets of registration rolls To remove the lower roll you will need to separate A the MFP feed unit from the main feed unit See Separating the MPF tray and main tray paperfeed units on page 4 95 for instructions Vv 1 Remove the static discharge brush plate top feeder only Next 2 Remove the static discharge brush top feeder only 3 Remove the registration roll gears A Go Back A Remove the e clips B securing the registration rolls to the paperfeed unit Remove the bushings C holding the registration roll to the paperfeed unit Remove the registration springs D Slide the registrati
19. 0 20 c cece eee eee eee 4 103 Paperfeed maintenance kit removals cece eee eee eee eee eee eee nnn 4 105 viii Service Manual 5041 030 Pick roll remov l 2x caa rane eee desea es settee eRRet eRe CR NCC EEDE ORE 4 105 Paperfeed roll removal jie cies sss a s irm E PARE RR ROS R SOLA ease RO aoe Rod ee aes 4 105 Separator roll removal 2 5226 xmi br REGERE REOR RECR Ra ERR ea URL EEUU 4 106 Registration roll removal 4 260s mak E RRARGRROROGREFREGRRAG RA EORR A RON aE eR 4 107 MPF toll removal uaaoduaasaaxaheARE E RETE ARE id ERU E RR EG ERA RA Ed deg rias 4 108 MPF pad removal iaxxssaaa sodas eum hk RC RR CRURORTRGCKOCRACORCK CA Eee eee mee E RR Ran 4 110 Exit guide paper exit roll removal eseeeeee IRI III 4 113 Option paper feed removals i445 hh Rr RRRRGUE E RR REOR rustike te eee Reed Eee 4 119 Paper feed roll removal 422 oe2amaa m xh Rho daw UAR QUA RUE EO RUPEE A ee oaa Ro a eens 4 119 Pick roll removal i14 a cba ER ee Rh REOR e REOR RO TDA ARA Ow E da 4 119 Separator roll removal ua cin a iat Rubus iesu id es sm E PRA a dae ea aman need 4 120 Paper sigo switches remoVal 542543525444 00494 dead diced eee kb ER AC REC Onh EETA 4 120 Paper level sensor removal 0 000 e cece cece eee eee e n eR hn nnn 4 121 Transport Sensor FOmOVAl 41x dax eoe Ue dot Rc Rl RERO Pod eee RR Rc o 4 121 Paper empty sensor TEmoVBl 23333 6 d cid iced ded dcn Ud RR X da DE S cand 676 REDE Rc RO eas 4 122 Paper full
20. Turn the printer on Open the door Check the operator panel for Close Door message Bypass the door open interlock switch Pull out and replace the cassette Listen for the paper tray level motor to activate The tray may or may not rise The motor makes a low pitched vibrating sound f the paper tray level motor operates and the Close Door message fails to appear replace the door open interlock Switch f the Close door message appears and the paper tray level motor fails to operate check CN6 on the engine board for proper connection If the cable is properly connected at both connections replace the paper tray level motor If the paper tray level motor fails to operate and the close Door message fails to appear check CN6 on the engine board for proper connection If it is properly connected replace the engine board 2 Paper out sensor Paper feed unit Paper level sensor Turn the printer on and open the right cover and duplex Bypass the right cover door open interlock switch With the paper tray empty and the paper out sensor blocked pull out and replace the cassette Ifthe tray rises and stays in place check for a dirty paper out sensor and inspect the paper empty sensor actuator on the paper feed unit If the paper empty sensor actuator is stuck or broken replace the actuator Ifthe actuator is good replace the paper out sensor Ifthe tray x e
21. 171b to 34lb 64g m to 128g m2 Folio Letter A4 Card Stock Long Grain 171b to 34lb 64g m2 to 128g m2 SEGA AP max Short Grain 171b to 34lb 64g m2 to 128g m2 1 8 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Media guidelines Previous Selecting the appropriate media for the printer helps avoid printing problems A For detailed information about media characteristics see the Card Stock amp Label Guide available on the Vv Lexmark Support Web site at http support lexmark com io Paper 4 To ensure the best print quality and feed reliability use 90 g m 24 Ib xerographic grain long paper Business P papers designed for general business use may also provide acceptable print quality We recommend Lexmark part number 1245950 letter size glossy paper and Lexmark part number 1245951 A4 size glossy paper Always print several samples before buying large quantities of any type of media When choosing any media consider the weight fiber content and color The Laser printing process heats paper to high temperatures of 180 C 356 F for non MICR applications Use only paper able to withstand these temperatures without discoloring bleeding or releasing hazardous emissions Check with the manufacturer or vendor to determine whether the paper chosen is acceptable for laser printers When loading paper note the recommended print side on the paper package and load paper accordingly Paper chara
22. 2 2 errr eee eee ee eee ee 7 7 paper feed clutch cable 40X6194 eee eer ee eee eee eee 7 23 Paper size sensor 40X6114 errr eee er ree ee rr ee ee eee eee 7 3 Paper size sensor 40X6428 er rere ee rr eee ee eee eee ee 7 21 Paper size sensor cable 40X6120 2 ee rr rrr ee ree eee eee eee 7 3 paper size switch cable 40X6120 errr eee ee eee eee eee ee 7 23 Paper tray lift motor 40X6172 eee eee 7 15 Paper tray size switch cable 40X7456 e eee re eee eee eee ee 7 23 Paperfeed clutch 40X6191 eee er eee eee ee eee ee 7 19 Paperfeed clutch cable 40X6194 2 2 eee eee ee eee eee ee eee 7 19 Paperfeed maintenance kit 40X6372 2 e ere ee eee eee ee 7 19 Paperfeed screw parts pack 40X7447 2 2 rere eee eee eee eee ee 7 19 Paperfeed unit 40X6176 eee ee eee ee ee eee eee eee 7 19 Paperfeed unit motor 40X6192 eee reer eee eee eee eee ee 7 19 Parallel 1284 B serial adapter 40X4823 ee eee 7 40 Photo interrupter 40X1104 ee ere ee eee eee ee eee 7 13 7 15 Pho
23. 2B FUSER CN17 Motor Y Motor DSYMOY A DSYMOY B DSYMOY A AJ Ww N DSYMOY B CN18 Motor M Motor DSMMOY A DSMMOY B DSMMOY A DSMMOY B CN19 Motor C Motor BR wo N DSCMCY A DSCMOY B DSCMOY A A Ww N DSCMOY B CN20 Motor K Motor DSKMOY A DSKMOY B DSKMOY A A Ww N DSKMOY B CN21 Fuser fan FFAN FFALM GND CN22 Main fan CFAN CFALM GND CN23 Main switch 24V PR MO oO N gt WO N 24V PR CN24 LVPS 5V IN 5V GND 24V PR 24V GND a A j N 24 V Locations 5 29 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Engine board Connector Connects to Pin no Signal CN25 Power supply fan PSFAN PSFALM GND CN26 Rear fan wl po REAFAN REAFALM GND CN27 Remote switch U N GND P OFF CN28 MPF clutch N TMPCL N GND CN29 t MPF paper out GND N TMFDET LD1 5 30 Service Manual Previous Next be Go Back LVPS EH 02002 0 bol Oo
24. 3 Pull the arm out of the tray 4 Repeat steps 1 and 2 for the other arm 5 Remove the MPF roller cover Repair information 4 93 5041 030 6 Lift and pull the tray away from the printer 4 94 Service Manual Previous A ha Go Back 5041 030 F Previous Paperfeed unit component removals Note The paperfeed separator and pick rolls are part of the 300 000 page maintenance kit See the Paperfeed maintenance kit removals on page 4 105 for removal instructions Separating the MPF tray and main tray paperfeed units 1 Remove the paperfeed unit from the printer See Paper feed unit removal on page 4 59 Go Back 2 Remove the clutches on the paperfeed unit See Paperfeed unit clutch removal on page 4 101 3 Remove the two screws A securing the paperfeed motor to the paperfeed motor frame B 4 Remove the seven screws B securing the paperfeed motor frame to the paper feed unit 5 Remove the paper feed motor frame Repair information 4 95 5041 030 6 Remove the twelve screws C securing the paperfeed connect frame to the paperfeed units Previous Go Back 7 Remove the eight screws D securing the paperfeed connect frame to the paperfeed units Main tray paper guide removal Note This is not a FRU 1 Remove the paper feed unit See Paper feed unit removal on page 4 59 2 Place the paper feed unit on its side with the paper guides facing up 4 96 Se
25. Note If the error is 121 05 the fuser is at the end of life Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is the fuser properly installed Make sure that it is Go to step 2 Reinstall the properly seated fuser 2 Is the fuser cable properly connected to CN19 on the Go to step 3 Properly connect printhead controller board the connector 3 Check the fuser cable for continuity Is there Problem solved Replace the fuser continuity cable 4 Replace the printhead controller board Does this fix Problem solved Go to step 5 the problem 5 Replace the fuser Does this fix the problem Problem solved Contact second level support 121 02 Thermistor 2 error Note If the error is 121 05 the fuser is at the end of life Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is the fuser properly installed Make sure that it is Go to step 2 Reinstall the properly seated fuser 2 Is the fuser cable properly connected to CN19 on the Go to step 3 Properly connect printhead controller board the connector 3 Check the fuser cable for continuity Is there Problem solved Replace the fuser continuity cable 4 Replace the printhead controller board Does this fix Problem solved Go to step 5 the problem 5 Replace the fuser Does this fix the problem Problem solved Contact second level support 2 30 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 121 03 Thermistor 3 error Note If
26. Inspect the print cartridge contacts for damage contamination Replace the print cartridge if defective Inspect the ribbon cable connection on the printhead controller board Properly connect the cable if not connected properly Replace the cable if damaged Replace the indicated cartridge f the problem still exists replace the printhead controller board See Printhead controller board removal on page 4 29 32 Unsupported Cartridge Check to see if the toner cartridge is a supported cartridge Note Once the cartridge shipped with the printer is exhausted it must be replaced by a supply cartridge refer to the User s Guide for part numbers If the specified toner cartridge is a supported cartridge reseat the cartridge Inspect the toner cartridge contacts for damage or contamination Replace the toner cartridge if defective Inspect CN17 18 cable connections on the printhead controller Properly connect the cable if not connected properly Replace the toner sensors if damaged If the problem still exists replace the system board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 34 Short Paper Select Continue to clear the message and continue printing Note The printer does not automatically reprint the page that prompted the message Check the tray length and width guides to ensure the media is properly fitted Make sure the print job is requesting the correct size of media Adjust the Paper Size se
27. Repair information 4 17 5041 030 Front logo cover removal Previous 1 Open the front door 2 Remove the nine screws A securing the front logo cover to the front door Go Back 4 18 Service Manual 5041 030 Previous Top removals Output bin full sensor actuator removal 1 Remove the top cover See Top cover removal on page 4 12 2 Use a flatbed screwdriver to gently pry the tab A holding the actuator in place Go Back A 3 Carefully lift the actuator up Be careful to avoid dislodging the exit sensor Repair information 4 19 5041 030 LED assembly removal 1 Remove the transfer belt See Transfer belt CRU removal on page 4 32 2 Remove the top cover See Top cover removal on page 4 12 3 Remove the rear EMI shield See Rear EMI shield removal Not a FRU on page 4 83 4 Remove the toner cartidges and imaging units 5 Disconnect the affected LED s ribbon cable from the printhead controller board 6 Guide the printhead ribbon cable through the top of the print engine A Note You will need to remove the top EMI sheild to access the screw if you are removing the magenta or yellow LED assembly 4 20 Service Manual Previous A D Go Back 5041 030 8 Press up on the green touchpoint Previous A D Go Back 9 Pull the LED assembly towards the front of the print engine _ Note Use two hands when removing the unit This
28. Setting Paper Prompts controls which tray a change prompt is directed to when paper is sensed to be the wrong size Envelope Prompts Env Prompts controls which tray a change prompt is directed to when the envelopes are sensed to be the wrong size Action for Prompts This setting enables users to have the printer resolve media change prompt situations automatically Such prompts occur when the selected media for the job is not available when the job prints This setting applies only to jobs that cannot be parked Prompt user default setting The user must respond to the prompt and choose one of the following options each time e Continue The job prints on the closest available media and the printer preserves the requested size and type specifications e g Bond or Transparency If the available media is smaller than the requested size the printer crops the print image as needed e Use Current The job prints on the media currently available and uses the size and type specifications of the available media instead of the original job If the media is smaller than the requested size the printer crops the print image as needed Jobs On Disk This setting appears only if a hard disk is installed Jobs can be deleted from the hard disk Settings are Delete and Do Not Delete default The Delete setting does not affect Print and Hold or parked jobs Disk Encryption This setting appears only if a hard disk is installed the disk i
29. des O O l s O VNSXXYCS 7 22 Service Manual Assembly 11 Electrical 2 5041 030 Asm Part Units Units index number mach FRU Description 1 40X6196 Engine board 2 40X6368 Engine power supply cable 3 40X6210 Power supply fan cable 4 40X6262 Belt motor cable 5 40X6206 Main fan cable fan included 6 40X6203 Humidity sensor cable 7 40X6120 Paper size sensor cable 8 40X6427 Engine board fan cable fan included 9 40X6419 MPF clutch 10 40X6416 MPF Engine board cable 11 40X6190 Registration sensor cable 12 40X6207 RIP Harness cable 13 40X6261 Photo interuptor cable Belt up down 14 40X6194 Paperfeed clutch cable 15 40X6165 Exit solenoid cable w solenoid 16 40X6209 Tray lift motor cable 17 40X6171 Fuser fan cable fan included 18 40X6367 Engine paperfeed cable 19 40X6161 Drive unit motor w motor NS 40X7454 Remote off switch cable NS 40X7455 Cover closed actuator cable NS 40X7456 Paper tray size switch cable k a jl a 42 ja
30. loooo CN9 TERM 1 OOooooo O000000 CN20 PRGC ooo CN6 FUIN CN7 PSW 7 CN19 FUSR 1 00000000000000 5041 030 Previous A D Go Back Locations 5 9 5041 030 Previous Engine board Next Go Back os owl _O CN24 POWR H H H 8 08 O CN25 PFAN ooo CN27 PWOFF 0000 ooo oo oooo CN15 BELT CN22 CFAN O O CN4 TEMP m CN1T 5 10 Service Manual 5041 030 LVPS Go Back le yy i 5041 030 HVPS 5 12 Service Manual Previous z J lt b gt Go Back 5041 030 Previous Connector values A V RIP video boards Connector Connects to Pin no Signal TE Video board connectors JBOOT1 1 3 3V 2 2 IM DATA 7 0 J105 1 UI RESET NR 2 GND 3 CON TX
31. 2 3 4 Bookmarks Held Jobs T Ready 8 7 6 5 Item Description 1 Change Language Allows you to change the primary language and reports on the display and will remain in effect until changed 2 Bookmarks Allows you to create organize and save a set of bookmarks URLs into a tree view of folders and file links 3 Held Jobs Displays all held jobs 4 USB Displays files on a flash drive 5 Menus Opens the administrative menus 6 Status message bar Shows the current printer status such as Ready or Busy Note Make sure Ready appears before performing any printer task Shows printer conditions such as Toner Low or Cartridge Low Shows intervention messages and gives instructions for the printer to continue processing 7 Status Supplies Displays a warning or error message whenever the printer requires intervention to continue processing Touch this to access the messages screen for more information on the message and how to clear it 8 Tips Opens context sensitive Help information on the touch screen Note All menus have a Tips button 3 2 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back Using the touch screen buttons 5041 030 E gt Button Function 1 Up arrow Scrolls up 2 Delete folder Deletes a print job r3 Drag print jobs to the folder to delete them 3 Left arrow Scrolls left 4 Right arrow Scrolls right y 5 Right scroll increase Increases a value
32. 300K paperpath maintenance kit 40X6372 It contains the following parts 2 Paperfeed roll e 2 Feed roll e 2 Separator roll MPF roll e MPF pad Upper registration roll Lower registration roll Paper exit roll 100K MPF maintenance kit 40X6457 This kit contains the MPF roll and a MPF pad In addition to these two kits cleaning the paperfeed rolls in the paperfeed unit will fix many paperfeed issues Use a lint free cloth to clean the rolls The cloth can be slightly dampened Transfer belt kit The transfer belt kit amp 0X6011 is a customer replaceable part Included in the kit is the transfer roll kit The approximate yield for the transfer belt kit is 100 000 cycles Fuser The fuser is a customer replaceable part There are two fusers available The part numberfor the 110 V fuser is 40X6013 and the 220 V part number is 40X6093 The aproximate yield for the fusers is 120 000 cycles Imaging units There are separate imaging units for each color on the C925 The imaging unit is composed of the developer and phohtoconductor rolls The approximate yield is 30 000 cycles Note The imaging units are not FRUs 6 2 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 7 Parts catalog Previous How to use this parts catalog V Next The following legend is used in the parts catalog Units mach Go Back sme Pen OR Units Description index number FRU Units option e Asm ind
33. PQET PRC PSC PSD PSO PWM RAM RFID RH RIP ROM ROS RPM SDRAM SEF SOL SRAM TAR TPS TTM TVOC UAT UPR USB V ac V dc VOM VTB XPS Printer Job Language Power on reset Power on self test Personal Printer Data Stream Pages per minute Print Quality Enhancement Technology Peoples Republic of China Parallel Synchronous Communications Position Sensing Device Participating Standards Organization Pulse Width Modulation Random access memory Radio frequency identification Relative humidity Raster image processor Read only memory Read only storage Revolutions Per Minute Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory Short edge feed Solenoid Static random access memory Toner Add Roll Toner Patch Sensing Tandem Tray Module Total Volatile Organic Compound Universally Adjustable Tray Used Parts Return Universal Serial Bus Volts Volts alternating current Volts direct current Volt Ohmmeter Vacuum Transport Belt XML Paper Specification Yellow 5041 030 Previous Next D Go Back General information 1 13 5041 030 Previous Go Back 1 14 Service Manual 5041 030 2 Diagnostic information Previous Start V D CAUTION Go Back A Unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet before you connect or disconnect any cable or electronic board or assembly for personal safety and to prevent damage to the printer Disconnect any connections between the printer and PCs peripherals
34. Print the Print Quality Pages and then look for variations in the print from what is expected NO MRY An incorrect printer driver for the installed software can cause problems Incorrect characters could print and the copy may not fit the page correctly Repeating defects The following table contains the circumferences of the imaging and transport components Check the intervals of any marks or defects that appear on a printout if they match the intervals on the table they are most likely caused by the component listed Imaging transport component Circumference Registration rolls 50 mm Pickup feed and separator rolls 63 mm dimensions are the same for the expansion trays MPF roller 75 mm Transfer roll located in transfer belt 38 mm Fuser Fuser belt 141 mm Imaging unit parts Photoconductor 75 mm Developer roll 41 mm Charge roll 31 mm Supply roll 28 mm Transfer roll 57 mm 2 4 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back One color missing 5041 030 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Are the imaging units photoconductors properly Go to step 2 Reinstall the installed imaging units 2 Is the photoconductor lock door properly closed on Go to step 3 Open and close both sides the photoconductor lock door ensuring that it is locked in place on both ends 3 Is the ribbon cable for the missing color s LED Go t
35. See Paper Prompts on page 3 11 Envelope Prompts See Envelope Prompts on page 3 11 Action for Prompts See Action for Prompts on page 3 11 Jobs On Disk See Jobs On Disk on page 3 11 Diagnostic aids 3 7 Previous Next D Go Back Configuration Menu Disk Encryption See Disk Encryption on page 3 11 Erase all information on Disks See Erase all information on Disks on page 3 11 Wipe All Settings See Wipe All Settings on page 3 12 Font Sharpening See Font Sharpening on page 3 12 Require Standby See Require Standby on page 3 12 Key Repeat Initial Delay See Key Repeat Initial Delay on page 3 12 Key Repeat Rate See Key Repeat Rate on page 3 12 Clear Custom Status See Clear Custom Status on page 3 12 USB Speed See USB Speed on page 3 12 USB PnP See USB PnP on page 3 12 Automatically Display Error Screens See Automatically Display Error Screens on page 3 12 Exit Config Menu See Exit Config Menu on page 3 12 Reset Separator Roll and Pick Assembly Counter Use this menu setting to reset the paperfeed assembly counter after changing out the paperfeed rolls or the paperfeed unit Reset Maintenance Counter This menu item is used to reset the maintenance counter for the print engine 1 Touch the menu item A
36. reached the fuser Paper jams 200 250 24x 2 20 Paper is being picked up and carried to the registration roller Paper jams 200 250 24x 2 19 paper path 2 19 Expansion paper feeder 2 25 MPF 2 24 Paper has entered the duplex unit Paper jam 230 231 9 2 21 Paper has entered the fuser and exited the printer Paper jam 203 2 20 Paper has exited the registration roller and entered the fuser Paper jam 201 2 20 Paper has stopped at the registration roller or has not reached the fuser Paper jams 200 250 24x 2 20 Paper is being picked up and carried to the registra tion roller Paper jams 200 250 24x 2 19 Paperfeed unit 2 22 paper skew 2 63 Paperfeed unit 2 22 Power supply Dead machine service check 2 66 printhead service check 2 67 serial port 2 64 transfer belt up down check 2 67 unable to print from USB thumb drive 2 68 USB port 2 61 waste toner bottle missing 2 68 wrong paper size service check tray1 2 69 Wrong paper size service check tray2 2 69 service error 111 01 black printhead error 2 29 112 01 cyan printhead error 2 29 113 01 magenta printhead error 2 29 114 01 yellow printhead error 2 29 121 01 thermistor 1 error 2 30 121 02 thermistor 2 error 2 30 121 03 thermistor 3 error 2 31 121 04 Belt thermistor error 2 31 121 05 fuser fuser heater error 2 32 126 xx power switch error 2 32 130 xx high voltage power supply error 2 32 132 xx density sensor error 2 33 5041 030 132 xx abnorma
37. 17 Updated the following topics Next SIZE SENSING on page 3 9 Left cover removal on page 4 14 Rear cover removal on page 4 5 Go Back Left EMI shield removal not a FRU on page 4 40 2015 04 22 Updated the Rear EMI shield removal Not a FRU on page 4 83 2015 04 07 Updated the following topics Operator panel bezel removal on page 4 7 Operator panel removal on page 4 8 Top cover removal on page 4 12 Rear EMI shield removal Not a FRU on page 4 83 2015 01 21 Changes 1 Changed part number for RIP board from 40X6286 to 40X8539 ASM 10 2 Changed part number for printhead controller board from 40X6217 to 40X8120 ASM 12 ae part number for printhead controller board from 40X6217 to 40X8120 ASM 4 Changed part number for A S link arm in the part number index section from 40X6286 to 40X6268 2014 10 16 Updated Paper specifications on page 1 6 2014 04 8 Updated Color Alignment on page 3 11 2013 12 16 Removed the Reset color calibration topic from the Diagnostic information chapter 2013 07 01 Added Steps before starting the 9yy xx service checks 2012 06 25 Added Safety feature notice on page 2 1 Updated and changed the Abnormal fuser temperature error service check to ON OFF switch automatically switching to the Off position service check on page 2 59 2012 01 10 Added the units mach for the transfer roll bushing and duplex carrying
38. 2 32 146 01 Tray 1 error See 146 01 Traylerror on page 2 36 146 03 Tray 3 error See 146 03 Tray 3 error on page 2 36 146 04 Tray 4 error See 146 04 Tray 4 error on page 2 37 146 05 Tray 5 error See 146 05 Tray 5 error on page 2 38 121 04 Abnormal belt thermistor See 121 04 Belt thermistor error on page 2 31 113 01 HDCONT M HEAD error See 113 01 Magenta printhead error on page 2 29 112 01 HDCONT C HEAD error See 112 01 Cyan printhead error on page 2 29 114 01 HDCONT Y HEAD error See 114 01 Yellow printhead error on page 2 29 111 01 HDCONT K HEAD error See 111 01 Black printhead error on page 2 29 121 03 Abnormal thermistor 3 See 121 03 Thermistor 3 error on page 2 31 171 01Abnormal fuser fan See 171 01 Fuser fan error on page 2 38 174 01 Abnormal rear fan See 174 01 Rear fan error on page 2 39 130 xx Abnormal High Voltage unit See 130 xx High voltage power supply error on page 2 32 136 xx Abnormal temperature and humidity sensor See 136 xx Temperature humidity sensor error on page 2 35 126 xx Abnormal power switch See 126 xx Power switch error on page 2 32 132 xx Abnormal theta sensor See 132 xx Abnormal theta sensor on page 2 34 132 00 Density sensor error See 132 00 Density sensor error on page 2 33 2 26 Service Manual Previ
39. 2 Check the transfer belt for defects or foreign matter Remove the dirt Go to step 3 such as dirt Are there defects on the transfer belt from the belt 3 Replace the transfer belt Did this fix the problem Problem Contact your resolved second level support Repeating marks For repeating defects see Repeating defects on page 2 4 FRU CRU Action 1 Fuser Check for dirt on the fuser belt Clean if needed Check for scratches on the belt Replace if needed 2 Transfer roll Check for dirt or scratches on the transfer belt Clean the roll if needed Note Be careful when cleaning the dirt off the transfer roll Be careful to not deform the roll Replace the transfer roll if it is scratched 3 Imaging unit Check for scratches of unevenness on the photoconductor drum Replace the imaging unit if the drum is damaged Look for dirt on the rolls Replace the imaging unit if the rolls are dirty Black stripes Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is there dirt on the imaging units developer roll or Clean the dirt off Go to step 2 charge roll 2 Are there scratches on the photoconductor drum Replace the Go to step 3 imaging unit 3 Is there dirt on the fuser belt Clean the belt Go to step 4 4 Are there scratches on the fuser belt Replace the Go to step 5 fuser 5 Are there lumps of toner on the fuser belt Remove the lump Go to step 6 of toner 6 Print a blank white page A
40. 39 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Steps before starting the 9yy service checks Previous Before starting the service checks in this section you will need to retrieve certain information This will aid your A next level of support in diagnosing the problem before replacing the controller board v Warning Do not replace the controller board unless directed by your next level of support Next 1 Collect the history information and firmware logs Fwdebug and logs tar gz from the SE menu 2 Collect the settings from the menu settings page 3 Collect information from the user Go Back Note Not all of the items can be retrieved from the printer you are working on A Collecting the history information from the SE menu Note Make sure your printer is connected to a network or to a print server 1 From a Web browser type http printer IP address se and then press Enter Notes printer IP address is the TCP IP address of the printer e seis required to access the printer diagnostic information 2 Click History Information copy all information and then save it as a text file 3 E mail the text file to your next level of support B Collecting the firmware logs Fwdebug and logs tar gz from the SE menu Notes Make sure your printer is connected to a network or to a print server e Some printers are designed to restart automatically after a 9yy error On these printers you can retrieve the secondary crash code infor
41. 40X0303 NS 40X1791 NS 40X7104 NS 40X0288 NS 40X3141 NS 40X4596 NS 40X0273 NS 40X0275 NS 40X1773 NS 40X1772 512 M DDR DRAM DIMM 1 GB DDR DRAM DIMM Parallel 1284 B serial adapter Marknet N8120 10 1000 PCBA Marknet N8130 10 100 F adapter Serial interface card adapter 256 MB NAND flash card feature 160GB hard drive Marknet N8250 802 119 server US Marknet N8250 802 119 server RW Arabic font card Korean font card Simplified Chinese font card Traditional Chinese font card Japanese font card Forms and barcode card IPDS SCS card Prescribe card UK straight power cord Australia 8ft straight power cord Japan power cord Korea power cord PRC power cord Taiwan power cord USA power cord Argentina power cord Spain 8ft straight power cord Brazil power cord Chile Uruguay power cord Israel power cord South Africa power cord L lL jLiLil jll jnijll jilnjjilnj jjjjjnjjjjjjjjjjjja Switzerland power cord 7 40 Service Manual Index Numerics 3x 8x attendance messages 2 52 2 57 200 paper jam 2 13 201 paper jam 2 14 203 paper jam 2 14 231 39 paper jam 2 16 24x paper jam 2 17 250 paper jam 2 18 54 Network Software error service check 2 65 A Acoustics 1 5 acronyms 1 11 arrangement of removals in this chapter 4 4 attendance messages 2 49 0 99 2 52 user prompts 2 49
42. 40X6425 7 21 HVU cable 40X6208 esie e seek ect tee se tc see tee em ede Se tet de tees tee esie dee uites 7 21 Inner duplex cover 40X6142 eee ee en en ee eee eee 7 7 Insulation 40X6213 22 enn nn en eee eee 7 21 IPDS SCS card 40X6922 nn nn ee eee eee 7 40 ISP RIP cover 40X6408 50 ssn I I nce nee cen ssc ne cere ne ta mite enn ama a 7 3 Israel powercord 40X0275 2 nn n e e llle 7 40 J Japan powercord 40X3609 2 2 rrr errr rrr ere eee eee eeee 7 40 Japanese font card 40X5972 22 een ne ne ee eee eee 7 40 K Korea powercord 40X1792 ne nnn eee eee 7 40 Korean font card 40X5969 2 nn nn ee eee eee 7 40 L LED FFC cable 40X6216 92 5 9 naaa e ARI Ru Ru ARI Au ARI ARAARI ARIETES 7 25 LED printhead 40X6218 eee ee ne ee llle 7 25 LED printhead assembly 40X6429 7 25 Left cover 40X6122 22 eee en eee ee eee eee 7 3 Left hinge 40X6283 en nnn ne eens 7 3 lever guide 40X6132 essc exer eme eme eme ecdesiae eee eee Eee 7 9 Lever open spring 40X6131 l clllllllll ne eee ee eee 7 9 Lever shaft A40X6130
43. 9 Go to step 10 print job to the device Does the 900 xx error reoccur 9 Upgrade the firmware Contact your next level of Go to step 31 Go to step 10 support for the correct firmware level to use Restart the printer to operating mode Send the printer a print job Does the 900 xx error reoccur 10 Is the device a Multi Function Printer Go to step 11 Go to step 13 11 Run a copy job Go to step 31 Go to step 12 Does the 900 xx error reoccur 12 Run a scan to PC job Go to step 31 Go to step 13 Does the 900 xx error reoccur 13 Is there optional memory installed Go to step 14 Go to step16 14 Reinstall the memory and send a print job to the Go to step 15 Go to step 16 device Does the 900 xx error reoccur 15 Install a Lexmark recommended memory option Send Go to step 31 Problem a print job to the device resolved Does the 900 xx error reoccur 16 Is there a modem installed on the device Go to step 17 Go to step 21 17 Reinstall the modem Restart the device Go to step 18 Go to step 20 Does the 900 xx error reoccur 18 Upgrade the firmware Contact your next level of Go to step 19 Problem support for the correct firmware level to use resolved Restart the printer to operating mode Send the printer a print job Does the 900 xx error reoccur 19 Replace the modem Restart the device Go to step 31 Problem Does the 900 xx error reoccur resolved 20 Runa fax job Go to step 31 Go to step 21 Does the 900
44. A ha Go Back UICC card removal 1 Remove the operator panel assembly See Operator panel removal on page 4 8 2 Place the operator panel assembly face down on a non marring surface 3 Carefully open the ZIF connector A and disconnect the display ribbon cable Repair information 4 9 5041 030 4 Remove the five screws B that secure the UICC card to the operator panel assembly 4 10 Service Manual Previous A ha Go Back 5041 030 Touchscreen removal Previous 1 Remove the operator panel assembly See Operator panel removal on page 4 8 2 Remove the UICC from the operator panel assembly See UICC card removal on page 4 9 3 Remove the five screws A securing the TSP holder and TSP ground to the operator panel assembly Go Back A B 4 Remove the TSP ground and TSP holder B 5 Remove the touchscreen panel C Repair information 4 11 5041 030 Top cover removal 1 Remove the rear cover See Rear cover removal on page 4 5 2 Remove the operator panel assembly See Operator panel removal on page 4 8 3 Remove the two screws A securing the top cover to the rear EMI shield A 4 Remove the screw B securing the top cover to the left EMI shield 4 12 Service Manual Previous A ha Go Back 5041 030 5 Remove the two screws C securing the top cover to the front of the printer frame and then remove the speaker cab
45. Back 5041 030 8 Remove the ISP from the cage Previous A ha Go Back 9 Remove the tee from the old ISP card Repair information 4 39 5041 030 Left EMI shield removal not a FRU Previous 1 Remove the top cover 2 Remove the left cover 3 Remove the RIP USB and RIP UICC cables from the cable guides A on top of the shield Go Back A 4 Remove the ten screws B on the top side of the shield 4 40 Service Manual 5 Remove the 11 screws C on the left side of the shield e wan Spee a a 7 e eo00 6 Remove the screw D on the lower rear side efe Pg MET Fe ES A r i i 7 Remove the screw E fastening the shield to the RIP board USB connector 5041 030 Previous Go Back Repair information 4 41 5041 030 8 Remove the screw F behind the main fan Previous Go Back F 9 Use a flatblade screwdriver to gently pull the shield away and disengage it from the tab G on the power box DJ j he ke z 10 Pull the shield away from the printer 4 42 Service Manual 5041 030 Low volt power supply removal Previous CAUTION SHOCK HAZARD A Remove power from the printer before continuing or use caution if the product must be v energized during this procedure The heat sink transformer core presents risk of electric shock Test before touching Nen 1 Remove the left side EMI s
46. Back Even though the basic EP process is the same for every laser and LED printer the specifics for each printer are different We will discuss the print engine s method of printing MFP electrophotographic process basics This printer is a four LED device that uses four toner cartridges cyan yellow magenta and black to create text and images on media The printer has four photoconductors called a photodeveloper cartridge or PC unit and an image transfer unit ITU Each color toner is painted to it s respective photoconductor at the same time The transfer belt passes under the four photoconductors and the four color image is produced and transferred to the media in one pass During the printing process the printer follows the six basic EP Process steps to create its output to the page These six steps are Charge the photoconductor PC unit Expose the photoconductor PC unit with the LED Develop toner on the photoconductor PC unit First transfer to the ITU and second transfer to the media Fuse the toner to the media Clean erase the photoconductor and the ITU Sore gt In summary the printer s controller board receives print data and the command to print The controller board then initiates the print process The controller board is the command center for the EP process and coordinates the various motors and signals The high voltage power supply sends charge to various components in the EP process The las
47. C925 5041 030 laser printer is available in the following models Lexmark C925 5041 030 4 3 e Task touch screen duplex General information 1 1 5041 030 Printer configurations CAUTION TIPPING HAZARD A Floor mounted configurations require additional furniture for stability You must use either a printer stand or printer base if you are using a high capacity input tray a duplex unit and an input option or more than one input option If you purchased a multifunction printer MFP that scans copies and faxes you may need additional furniture For more information see www lexmark com multifunctionprinters 4 3 touchscreen display Output bin MPF feeder Standard 250 sheet tray tray 1 MPF 250 sheet tray tray 2 550 sheet option tray tray 3 550 sheet option tray tray 4 OINI OD oa A OJ NM 550 sheet option tray tray 5 e Base unit 10 Storage cabinet The printer supports up to three 550 sheet trays 1 2 Service Manual Previous A D Go Back Options and features 5041 030 Lexmark C925 printers support only Lexmark C925 paper handling options These options are not compatible with any other Lexmark printer Some of the following options are not available in every country or region Available internal options Memory cards Printer memory Flash memory Fonts Fi
48. CN107 VAA Paper Feed Clutch EN Transport Clutch CN108 UD motor 4 UD motor UD motor CN120 ADRO ADR1 IRST TXD RXD VAA 24V VAA 24V AGND AGND VCC 5V ES CGND Harness to connector 13 on the Printhead Controller Board CN121 ADRO ADR1 IRST E TXD RXD VAA 24V VAA 24V AGND CO oo NI mcr A co 2 2 O c foo cn B oo PO 5 o m AGND o ry loela e lan 2 o 1 Oo no VCC 5V CGND Harness to connector 120 on the next Expansion Feeder Board j jln l elaaj N C No CN300 ADRO ADRO ADR1 ADR1 IRST IRST TXD TXD RXD RXD VAA ISW VAA 24V CN120 VAAISW VAA 24V AGND AGND CO O N a cn sonj AGND AGND o VCC 5V VCC 5V a CGND CGND af MPF Control Board N OPEN DET H VAA SW 13 CENTA_DET_L CGND CN102 14 VAA ISW N C E TBHEURD N C A ofv 21 2 o cv o r1 o o sjon MPF Control Board CN301 VAA PICK UP SOL z o 5041 030 Previous A D Go Back Locations 5 35 5041 030 Previous Go Back 5 36 Service Manual 5041 030 6 Prev
49. CN8 Theta sensor OD oO A wy N A THETA w m GND CN9 CN 10 N C CN11 HVPS VCC24VFAN GND HV24V 2 HINB DACLK DASO DARIN CO NI m oo AJ OJN DA_LAT CN12 N C CN13 OPTION ADRO ADR1 OPTION_RST OPTION_RXD OPTION_TXD OPT_24V OPT_24V GND OO CO NI a BY Ww GND o OPT 5V GND 5 22 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back Printhead controller board 5041 030 Connector Connects to Pin no Signal CN14 Density sensor GLED VMON GND 5V aj AJ j N VOUT CN15 LVPS 5V_IN 5V_GND 24V_IN 24V_GND Engine board aj AJ f N 24VSW CN16 LVPS 24V_GND HV25V SLEEP1 SLEEP2 HT1 HT2 HT3 CO NI oJ oo AJ wy N ZEROCRS CN17 Toner sensor K TNSETK k k GND TSZANK 5V Toner sensor C TNSETC k k GND o o NI a a AJ oj N TSZANC A o 5V CN18 Toner sensor Y TNSETY k k GND TSZANY 5V Toner sensor M TNSETM k k GND o oo NI a a AJ oj N TSZANM E o 45V Locations 5 23 Previous Next Re Go Back
50. E 8 2 po o Bis mor 10 11 12 1 3 13 22 Paper volume 14 all ex o 2 Door interlock Lower UL2 Interface Locations 5 33 5041 030 Option board layout Previous Go Back ASSY NO IC100 IC Socket ns JEJL O CN108 CN103 CN105 CN106 5 34 Service Manual Option board connector values Conne ctor a 5 Signal Signal Connect or Pin Parts Name CN101 IB VAA 24V B IA VAA 24V A Transport Motor CN102 VAAISW N C Cover Open Cover Open Sw CN103 Paper Full Sensor VCC 5V CGND Transport Sensor VCC 5V CGND Paper Empty Sensor VCC 5V pikas Paper Overload Sensor Transport Sensor Out of Paper Sensor CN105 SIZE 3 SIZE 2 CGND SIZE 1 SIZE 0 mo alo o 5 ov Ni co co e AIo v 25 o w 5 e m 2 o v mo 0 no n gt py 09 CN105 SIZE 3 SIZE 3 SIZE 2 CGND Size detect SW CGND SIZE 2 SIZE 1 CGND Size detect SW cn eo Po S cn Boo Po 3 CO 00 NI o o PO PO 3 0 2 o on i3 o N C SIZE_4 FDE INES Inlas S mi eo os os 1 oo co Bo 5 io o o o CGND Size detect SW CN106 CGND Paper Volume Sensor VCC 5V Paper level
51. E 3 12 USE Spe spiooni tbc E DR d s dbxad ated hi ga ae ee DRE POR Rd ld Pa dd GOLA 3 12 USB PAP ccccccsca stad ebkeb erRA HORA TAREA TASA TUR ERUKEERAS EEG E REG eee VP RET EE 3 12 Automatically Display Error Screens uu e eux cekun eden sees RUNE RUEDA RARO A eam MER 3 12 Exil Contig MENU osos ea candies KE RERUMS MRNA R DNA EE WEAK dd qu CAR EK a 3 12 Diagnostics Mode aiat idc ke XU REEL RR RRCRCORCROROCRCRCOCRCRRR OD A CRURA mE cn 3 14 Entering Diagnostics mode 2s duisskases a eskurakze oiu do Each a EP nasira RE d 3 14 Diagnostic mode menus i asxkesdn rh RGGORE A RO R CR eee RRR ACER ROCA ee RUD CR Ree eae 3 14 PRINT TESTS eres err Ris e emere Ac Ee Ti EST FER EE ri SRDE SE PNE ETE 3 16 Print Tests npul SOURCES ois phu tee IERPCERMERAG eR xe E950 2 aE ESRD AOA HED ake 3 16 Pri Gait Pales cos doro IPPPRTPPIRI cies ees RP TERI FIIIT PER Pe 3 16 HARDWARE TESTS i ebREG REG nER ACE EET REY RREEGGMEEXEERF FUR Rr ERRER EA ec 3 16 Panel TESE cedsauumoussescaiasu bera sep KVRPGSA Seb Ce Ree Re GI Suede de anbeets 3 16 BUSH TB sspe ceord dr bibe nme d dde pb odere Ibid qub qup tease aeder Sondra aac ehian 3 17 DRAM Test sess aded tet Sd ot bes nae d sda ebece Se secegseceesendstesesasacsason ede 3 17 Weal Wia NOS soe eripe et PP heneiorhincee ore dime diese hee Sq dedu ddu 3 18 VSB HS est MOBB ipa dd ddp qub Pbi beg t aulebte drbebop deeperdut d eek be Roby obo S 3 19 DEVICE TESTS 2esskuntenzaekebre eR ERXAUAEEESA ERG ERE Re RE RES RERES R
52. ERN A boa E RTE pda 4 25 Bin Tull Sensor removal idau sos baipX bbs Rage es REIR REESE QA AERA QR E de RE POE GR 4 27 Paper exit sensor removal iiia tas Ea AER ARA aia iets cue E KORR RR hens SEU Bac EUR 4 28 Printhead controller board removal eeeeeeeeeeee n n nnn 4 29 SDBAKBI TERTOVBI iicte sigan iid Vii paid 8 b EQUI Eia B RA RUP ER QUA d deuce RUD Eo add 4 30 Top EMI Shel removal 215232 35x YaakeLa E dh aie URAUE RR ale eS a deal RC ERR NU 4 31 Front removals amp iaxaniidana e RORROCRRAOD ROCA QA CRUCA CRACK CR CR RCRNKORCROACKCRCRCEUE RC RACE EUR RC CR Re CRURA 4 32 Transfer belt CRU removal 2552252222242 Rura ods 9 wees EEAW ERAS RAE ER RR REL ha RE ada 4 32 vii 5041 030 Transfer belt position sensor removal 000 cece eee eee eee eee eee n nnn nn 4 33 Paper size Sensor removal ia ka mua ddp shies eens eter CEDAR EU AUR teat RR CAR d AUD cae 4 34 Photocondu ctor lock remoVal 52 22 hace Rh here R Rr RR RR RI Rin 4 35 Cassette stopper removal i a iik ki sac dg REOR RACES BOR ACRCR KOC CR mee ee ee ee eRe EORR RC 4 36 Left side remoVals ii cied i dati eee ra Ra rao RAO ERAT eee ede RAE ERR RECGAcra Ra RE EAR RR RE E 4 37 ISP option board removal a xxcsskx shake x ack E GRE ECKE Rew RR RR CR CR RAN ROCCO RR 4 37 Left EMI shield removal not a FRU 00 e eee nn nnn 4 40 Low volt power supply removal sascscssdetiansieew RR CREON ROR OK OX nd eee RE Ekana UC RR RC A n 4 43 Mam tan removal enc RES PET e
53. Go Back 7 With the tab depressed gently lift the paper guide up 8 Use a flatblade screw driver to gently remove the guide spring from the paper feed unit Note The spring should remain on the paper guide 9 Remove the outer multi purpose tray paper guide from the paper feed unit This guide will be used on the new paper feed unit 4 100 Service Manual 5041 030 10 Use a flat blade screwdriver to depress the tab on the inner multi purpose paper guide Previous A ha Go Back 11 Gently lift and remove the inner multi purpose paper guide from the paper feed unit This guide will be used on the new paper feed unit Paperfeed unit clutch removal Note This procedure applies to all the clutches on the paperfeed unit 1 Remove the paperfeed unit See Paper feed unit removal on page 4 59 2 Disconnect the wiring harness A from the clutch 3 Remove the e clip B securing the clutch to the shaft Note When reinstalling the clutch make sure the clutch stopper on the paperfeed unit is lined up with the stop on the clutch Repair information 4 101 5041 030 Registration sensor MPF tray removal Previous 1 Open the right cover door 2 Pull the cassette guide down 3 Pinch the tabs A that secure the sensor to the cassette guide releasing the sensor Go Back 4 Disconnect the sensor from the sensor wire harness B Registration sensor actuator removal Note The paperfe
54. Grain 16lb to 34lb 60g m2 to 128g m2 Teen Ae i art and Bond Short Grain 16lb to 341b 60g m2 to 128g m2 drawers Recycled Long Grain 20lb to 34lb 75g m2 to 128g m2 Short Grain 28lb to 34lb 105g m2 to 128g m2 Card Stock Cover 501b 65lb 135g m2 176g m2 max Index 671b 90lb 120g m2 163g m2 Tag 74lb 100lb 120g m2 163g m2 Labels max Paper 35lb 131g m2 Vinyl Not Supported Transparenc TBD TBD y Envelope Xerographic 20lb to 34lb 75g m2 to 128g m2 Xerographic Long Grain 16lb to 34lb 60g m2 to 128g m2 and Bond Short Grain 16lb to 341b 60g m2 to 128g m2 Recycled Long Grain 20lb to 34lb 75g m2 to 128g m2 Short Grain 28lb to 34lb 105g m2 to 128g m2 Card Stock Cover 50Ib 42lb 135g m2 157g m2 mag Index 671b 75lb 120g m2 157g m2 Tag 74lb 85lb 120g m2 157g m2 MFS amp MPF All sizes supported Xerographic Long Grain 16lb to 34lb 60g m2 to 128g m2 Duplexer oy enging and Bond Short Grain 16lb to 341b 60g m2 to 128g m2 Recycled Long Grain 20lb to 34lb 75g m2 to 128g m2 Short Grain 28lb to 34lb 105g m2 to 128g m2 Card Stock Cover 501b 65lb 135g m2 176g m2 max Index 671b 90lb 120g m2 163g m2 Tag 74lb 100lb 120g m2 163g m2 Labels max Paper 35lb 131g m2 Vinyl Occasional use up to 256 gsm Transparenc TBD TBD y Envelope Xerographic 20lb to 34lb 75g m2 to 128g m2 A5 B5 JIS B5 Xerographic Long Grain 171b to 34lb 64g m2 to 128g m2 Exec Statement and Bond Sio Grain
55. Is it set Go to step 3 Go to step 2 to the correct size 2 Set the indicator to the correct size Did this fix the Problem solved Go to step 3 issue 3 Is the sensor cable properly connected to the sensor Go to step 5 Go to step 4 and engine board 4 Connect the cable Did this fix the problem Problem resolved Go to step 5 5 Check the cable for continuity Is there continuity Go to step 7 Go step 6 6 Replace the cable Did this fix the issue Problem resolved Go to step 7 7 Replace the sensor Did this fix the issue Problem resolved Go to step 8 8 Replace the engine board Did this fix the issue Problem resolved Contact your second level support Wrong paper size service check tray2 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Remove the tray and move the paper size guides to Go to step 3 Go to step 2 different positions Are the size pins moving when the length guide is moved 2 Try adifferent paper standard tray Did this fix the Problem resolved Go to step 3 problem 3 Check the sensor cables for proper connection to the Go to step 5 Go to step 4 sensors and engine controller board Are they properly connected 4 Properly connect the cables Did this fix the problem Problem resolved Go to step 5 5 Replace the sensors Did this fix the problem Problem resolved Go to step 6 6 Replace the engine controller board Did this fix the Problem resolved Contact your problem second level support
56. Letterhead If Printer Usage is set to Maximum Yield the printer calibrates the print head timing The printer performs this same calibration each time you turn the printer on and each time you open and close the top cover Depending on the types of jobs you print these adjustments may significantly slow print time If the belt is in the up position for color printing the printer prints at 30 ppm only If the printer is in quick print mode the printer prints at 17ppm until the printer is fully warmed up You cannot remove paper jammed in the fuser Open the fuser rollers by operating the fuser pressure relief lever If you cannot remove the jam replace the fuser The jam access panel can also be opened After letting the fuser cool unscrew the two thumbscrew and open the access panel You cannot clear the paper jam message To clear the paper jam messages you must remove all paper from the printer paper path Check both inside the printer as well as the paper source you were using Open and close the front cover and press Go If the message does not clear go to Paper path service checks on page 2 19 Also check for torn pieces of paper that might be lodged in the sensors or actuators Paper jam in pick up assembly Go to Paper path service checks on page 2 19 Cardstock doesn t feed from tray 2 or optional trays Tray 1 and the MPF are the only paperfeed devices capable of using cards
57. Network card Option 162463599495 93 PIS OR 9S PER RIAEA r aa RES 2 65 Eiror code 976 NOIWOIK Card X 552m ce rd pembRILA tag ERG Rode REPE ERE RP Rd 2 65 54 Network x Software eIfOF isosekpieris eo RE ERR eRe iner kente harie artid 2 65 Power supply Dead machine service check 0 000 cece eee e eee eee nnn 2 66 Printhead Servite CHECK 0523 412224 123 R23594 Damus cael XANAE LOU AU EN P dendo eee Nd at Ud 2 67 Transfer belt up GOWN CHECK j c600ccc creed be news Kamas DREAASAE AR ARRAS REA RR d 2 67 Unable to print from USB thumb drive service check 0 00ce eee ee eee eee eee 2 68 Waste toner bottle missing service check eeeeeeeeeeeen nnn 2 68 Wrong paper size service check tray1 eeseeeeeeee e nnn 2 69 Wrong paper size service check tray2 0 cece cece eee eee eee e ee eeneee 2 69 Be AdS EWNERRT TERTII I MT 3 1 Understanding the printer operator panel elseeeeeeee nn n nnn 3 1 Understanding the homescreen icons and their functions lslllesusse 3 2 Using the touch screen buttoris ii iiu ssa ER RORRXEOROE CER RR OR CR NEEESE REET AEREN aE 3 3 Other touch screen ICONS sensi susc ba er RE ABER RAE GORGE WS RAE RE SR EAR RA E RN 3 4 Administrative menus axu5 dace ee eee Ree CIC REE ECCE eat a 3 5 Accessing the service menus 0 cece cece eee eee hh hh hh nnn 3 6 Configuration Menu xs rains Hone ann RECRCAOR RR canned ROCA ACA RACE ed eT REA RC ROR AN
58. Option paper feed removals on page 4 119 Note Some removal procedures require removing cable ties You must replace cable ties during reassembly to avoid pinching wires obstructing the paper path or restricting mechanical movement 4 4 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Previous Cover removals Rear cover removal 1 Remove the RIP card cover Go Back 2 Remove the option connector cover P Repair information 4 5 5041 030 3 Open the duplex and remove the screw A 5 Tilt the rear cover back 4 6 Service Manual Previous A ha Go Back 5041 030 6 Using a flatblade screwdriver release the tabs C fastening the option cable to the rear cover Previous Go Back Operator panel bezel removal 1 Open the front door 2 Remove the three screws A securing the operator panel bezel to the operator panel assembly A 3 Slide the bezel down towards the front of the printer and then lift to remove it from the operator panel assembly Repair information 4 7 5041 030 Operator panel removal Previous 1 Remove the operator panel bezel See Operator panel bezel removal on page 4 7 2 Remove the two screws A securing the operator panel assembly to the printer frame Go Back A 4 Turn the operator panel assembly over 4 8 Service Manual 5041 030 5 Disconnect the cables from the operator panel Previous
59. Pick roll removal 4 105 4 119 POR sequence 2 3 Power supply Dead machine service check 2 66 Power supply fan removal 4 46 power on sequence POR 2 3 ppaper jam 5041 030 203 paper jam 2 14 PPDS Emulation 3 10 print quality print quality test pages 3 16 Print quality issues 2 4 print quality issues black page 2 9 black stripes 2 7 contaminated background 2 5 failure to fuse 2 10 lowered print density 2 6 no print blank page 2 9 One color missing 2 5 partial dirt 2 7 partially dark or light print 2 8 repeating defects 2 4 repeating marks 2 7 skewed print 2 10 stain on back of page 2 10 stains on edge of page 2 10 uneven print 2 6 unprinted spots 2 8 white gaps due to poor color registration 2 11 white stripes 2 6 Print Quality Pages 3 9 PRINT TESTS Print Quality Pgs 3 16 Quick Test Page 3 16 Printhead controller board engine board replacement 4 2 printhead controller board removal 4 29 Printhead service check 2 67 processor 1 6 Q Quick Disk Test 3 19 Quick Test Page 3 16 R rear cover removal 4 5 Rear EMI shield removal 4 83 Rear fan removal 4 79 Registration roll removal 4 107 Registration sensor MPF tray removal 4 102 Registration sensor actuator removal 4 102 removal bin full sensor removal 4 27 cassette stopper removal 4 36 density sensor removal 4 50 Door interlock switch removal 4 69 Drive unit motor C M Y K removal 4 64 Drive Unit removal 4 61 Duplex clutch removal 4 90 Duplex exit MPF sensor rem
60. Questions actions Yes No 1 Is there anything obstructing the fan s movement Clear the Go to step 2 obstruction 2 Check connector CN22 on the MDCONT board and Go to step 3 Reconnect the CNO04 and CNO5 on the LVPS Are they properly connectors connected 3 Replace the power supply fan Does this remedy the Problem solved Go to step 4 situation 4 Replace the LVPS See Low volt power supply Problem solved Go to step 5 removal on page 4 43 Does this remedy the situation 5 Replace the engine power supply cable Does this Problem solved Replace the remedy the situation engine controller board 173 01 Main unit fan error Step Questions actions Yes No 1 Is there anything obstructing the fan s movement Clear the Go to step 2 obstruction 2 Check connector CN22 on the engine controller board Go to step 3 Reconnect the Is it properly connected connector 3 Replace the main fan Does this remedy the situation Problem solved Replace the engine controller board 174 01 Rear fan error Step Questions actions Yes No 1 Is there anything obstructing the fan s movement Clear the Go to step 2 obstruction 2 Check connector CN26 on the engine controller board Go to step 3 Reconnect the Is it properly connected connector 3 Replace the rear fan Does this remedy the situation Problem solved Replace the engine controller board Diagnostic information 2
61. a a 42 42 jl a a l t a E i i j ai fa a 42 42 42 42 42 M 42 l k M a u la al i a a fa fiaik flt NS 40X7448 Electrical screw parts pack Parts catalog 7 23 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Previous Assembly 12 Upper assembly Next e Go Back 7 24 Service Manual Assembly 12 Upper Assembly 5041 030 Asm Part Units Units Description index number mach FRU 1 40X6429 4 1 LED printhead assembly 2 40X6216 4 1 LED FFC ribbon cable 3 40X6218 4 1 LED printhead 4 40X8120 1 1 Printhead controller board 5 40X6215 8 1 Contact spring 6 40X6214 2 1 Toner sensor NS 40X6369 1 1 PRCONT option cable NS 40X7449 1 1 Upper assembly screw parts pack Parts catalog 7 25 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Assembly 13 Printhead controller board cables Previous Go Back 7 26 Service Manual Assembly 13 Printer controller board cables 5041 030 Asm Part Units Units Description index number mach FRU 1 40X6193 1 1 Registration sensor cable 2 40X6211 1 1 Fuser power cable 110V 2 40X6440 1 1 Fuser power cable 220V 3 40X6168 1 1 Paper exit sensor cable 4 40X6278 1 1 Fuser exit sensor cable 5 40X8120 1 1 Printhead controller board 6 40X6201 1 1 Density sensor cable 7 40X6198 1 1 Theta sensor cable 8 40X6210 1 1 Power supply fan
62. address on the printer driver Did this fix the problem Problem resolved Go to step 12 2 60 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Step Questions actions Yes No 12 Is the device physically connected ethernet Go to step 13 Go to step 15 cable to the network 13 Try using a different ethernet cable Problem resolved Go to step 14 Did this remedy the situation 14 Have the network administrator check the Replace the controller Contact the network network drop for activity board administrator Is the drop functioning properly 15 Is the printer on the same wireless network as Go to step 17 Go to step 16 the other devices 16 Assign the correct wireless network to the Problem resolved Go to step 17 printer Did this fix the problem 17 Are the other devices on the wireless network Go to step 18 Contact the network communicating properly administrator 18 Verify that the ISP wireless card cable and any Go to step 20 Go to step 19 other ISP cables are properly seated in their connectors Are the cables connected correctly 19 Properly reseat the ISP cables Problem resolved Go to step 20 Did this fix the problem 20 Perform the option card service check See Replace the faulty ISP Go to step 21 USB port service check on page 2 61 option Was there another faulty ISP option 21 Replace the ISP wireless card Problem r
63. by input source 3 16 PRINTER SETUP 3 20 Cal Ref Adj 3 21 Configuration ID 3 21 Defaults 3 20 Engine Setting x 3 21 Model Name 3 21 PAGE COUNTS 3 21 Par 1 Strobe Adj 3 22 Serial Number 3 21 Disk Encryption 3 11 Door interlock switch removal 4 69 Download Emuls 3 10 DRAM options 2 65 DRAM Test 3 17 Index l 1 5041 030 Drive unit motor C M Y K removal 4 64 Drive Unit removal 4 61 Duplex clutch removal 4 90 Duplex removal 4 54 Duplex solenoid removal 4 70 Duplex unit service check 2 19 E Electrical specifications 1 4 Energy Conserve 3 10 Engine board MDCONT removal 4 72 Engine Setting x 3 21 Envelope Prompts 3 11 enviroment 1 5 Error code 976 Network card x service check 2 65 error codes 2 26 error codes and messages 3x 8x attendance messages 2 52 2 57 ESD sensitive parts 4 1 eSF solutions backup 4 3 EVENT LOG Clear Log 3 23 Display Log 3 22 Print Log 3 22 Exit guide paper exit roll removal 4 113 exiting configuration menu 3 12 expansion paper feeder service check 2 25 F Factory Defaults 3 10 failure to fuse 2 10 false door open service check 2 62 flash options service check 2 65 Flash Test 3 20 Font Sharpening 3 12 front door removal 4 17 front logo cover removal 4 18 Fuser entry sensor removal 4 71 Fuser exit drive unit motor removal 4 73 Fuser Fan removal 4 72 fuser removal 4 52 G guidelines media 1 9 H handle cover removal 4 53 hard disk Disk Encryption 3 11 Jobs On Disk 3 11
64. cable 9 40X6370 1 1 RIP print controller cable 10 40X6369 1 1 Printhead controller option cable 11 40X6207 1 1 RIP harness cable Parts catalog 7 27 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Previous Assembly 14 Paper trays 7 28 Service Manual Assembly 14 Paper trays 5041 030 Asm Part Units Units Description index number mach FRU 1 40X6223 1 1 Multipurpose tray 2 40X6219 1 1 Main paper tray NS 40X6220 1 1 Tray rack gear NS 40X6221 1 1 Tray pinion gear NS 40X7451 1 1 Cassette screw parts pack Parts catalog 7 29 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Assembly 15 Fuser 7 30 Service Manual Assembly 15 Fuser 5041 030 Asm Part Units Units Description index number mach FRU P 1 40X6013 1 1 110V Fuser 1 40X6093 1 1 220V Fuser Parts catalog 7 31 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Assembly 16 550 sheet option feeder covers Previous Go Back 7 32 Service Manual Assembly 16 550 sheet option feeder covers 5041 030 Asm Part Units Units Description index number mach FRU 1 40X6357 1 1 Right option tray cover 2 40X6227 1 1 Drive roller 3 40X6251 1 1 Right front option cover 4 40X6252 1 1 Right rear option cover 5 40X6254 1 1 Right switch cover 6 40X6224 1 1 Stand base foot 7 40X6250 1 1 Left option cove
65. drum stays H 10 Remove the clutch Repair information 4 127 5041 030 Previous Go Back 4 128 Service Manual 5 Locations Locations Exterior Front 4 3 touchscreen display Output bin Numeric keypad Operator panel USB input Duplex Right cover handle MPF tray Carrying handles Tray 1 oo 1joc 5 co NN Tray 2 Standard tray 5041 030 Previous Go Back Locations 5 1 5041 030 Previous Left front Next Go Back Paper exit RIP Video board access cover Left handle Main power switch 1 2 3 4 5 2 Service Manual 5041 030 Interior Previous 19 3 9 7 8 12 4314 204 38 37 2 h M 29 30 4 10 25 18 26 31 mE 2 E ah a U mera a ILE 34 es eee Nest 1 Es z li fT I 39 SS re Ali A aa ES 36 19 20 11 21 23 32 22 24 27 28 Callout no Part name 1 Charge roll 2 LED head 3 Developer roll 4 Primary transfer roll 5 Drum cleaning blade 6 Photoconductor 7 Doctor blade 8 Supply roll 9 Toner cartridge 10 Secondary transfer roll 11 Transfer belt cleaning blade 12 Fuser heater Locations 5 3 5041 030 Callout no Part name 13 Hot roll 14 Fuser belt 15 Fuser roll 16 Press roll 17 Transfe
66. exil 1 uoces o RE bp RARE BS Sere PESE Pulkc dae Rada Swe ERAS 7 10 Assembly 6 Base ooo eco e e b RR RARE EH ERE arei ona n SEES 7 12 Assembly 7 B8S82 des pP Peis oubes E Ubxxe ubi dea qas R Edda sees ae 7 14 Assembly 8 Base3 2 5 oo 9 9 bree PARAR nba A ees E Un Peed roeie AREE 7 16 5041 030 Assembly 9 PAperieeG iod bi Ee ee bes eR ete ede HdSSS iiid dd mice ews 7 18 Assembly 10 Electrical wi ccc cicewsisatceees tee eee aa se bee sedeesece diGeeceti ada dag 7 20 Assembly 112 Elecinical 2 42 oos pee aped es qe ances Bande oae ee was Peeeta aah hatc 7 22 Assembly 12 Upperassenmbly ous spp dasSd sods E pP RE EROR Hehe IR eR URUS Ne ei 7 24 Assembly 13 Printhead controller board cables 2 00 002 e eee 7 26 Assembly 14 Paper lays osa 3 066854005 0050004050564 28 SEE RARE S UR qd ERROR das 7 28 Assembly 15 FUSGls 6 6 005450240604i90 ors boedemaset esd dedteaSbed RE GRE EEG REP era wet 7 30 Assembly 16 550 sheet option feeder covers 0000 e eee eee eee eee 7 32 Assembly 17 550 sheet option feeder base 0 0 0c eee eee 7 34 Assembly 18 550 sheet option feeder paperfeed 00 cee eee 7 36 Assembly 19 550 sheet option feeder tray 0 0 cece eee 7 38 Assembly 20 Maintenance kits power cords and options 0 eee eee 7 40 TOTUM l 1 Part number IDOBX a 2d 2d sods dase WR Rud QC a a ws l 7 X Service Manual 5041 030 Safety in
67. for proper connection to CN7 on the printhead controller board If the cable is properly connected replace the sensor faulty sensor If this doesn t fix the problem replace the printhead controller board 2 20 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Paper has entered the duplex unit Paper jam 230 231 9 FRU Action 1 Feed rollers Belts Check for wear or damage to feed rollers and belts 2 Duplex unit Be sure the duplex unit is properly installed and that all connections on the engine board CN 28 29 13 14 are correct 3 Duplex clutch Be sure the clutch turns freely with no binding and it is properly installed Check for wear or damage to the associated gears Replace as necessary 4 Feed roller solenoid assembly Paper re feed solenoid assembly Check for proper operation of the solenoid and linkage Replace as necessary 5 Papertray Check to see if the paper edge guides have shifted If so re time by removing the screw and gear from the bottom of the tray and pushing the paper edge guides up against the paper lift plate Reinstall the screw and gear Diagnostic information 2 21 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Paperfeed unit service check Note These tests can also be performed on the expansion paper feed units FRU Action 1 Door open interlock switch Paper tray level motor Printer controller board
68. gear under Duplex components 1 on page 7 7 2011 12 14 Added an installation note in the Waste toner sensor removal on page 4 89 2011 12 01 Added a note in the Paper feed unit removal on page 4 59 Added the following removal procedures Main tray paper guide removal on page 4 96 Multi purpose feed tray paper guide removal on page 4 98 Updated the parts catalog art for Paperfeed on page 7 18 2011 11 22 Updated the Printhead controller board engine board replacement on page 4 2 2011 10 04 Changed PN 40X6424 with PN 40X5984 for the Low voltage power supply 220V on page 7 21 Added Change history section Added the navigation buttons Preface XV xvi 5041 030 Revision date Updates 2011 08 09 2011 08 03 Added the following menu items under Configuration Menu on page 3 7 Reset Separator Roll and Pick Assembly Counter on page 3 8 Fuser Speed on page 3 9 Wipe All Settings on page 3 12 USB PnP on page 3 12 Automatically Display Error Screens on page 3 12 Changed all references to Wipe Disk to Erase all information on Disks on page 3 11 Removed the following menu item definitions Color Adjustment Color Adj State Motor Calibration 2011 05 05 Updated the following removal procedures under Chapter 4 Repair information Duplex removal on page 4 54 Paper feed unit removal on page 4 59 Add
69. implemented Manual color correction settings are specific to the type of object being printed text graphics or images and how the color of the object is specified in the software program RGB or CMYK combinations Notes e Manual color correction is not useful if the software program does not specify colors with RGB or CMYK combinations It is also not effective in situations in which the software program or the computer operating System controls the adjustment of colors The color conversion tables applied to each object when Color Correction is set to Auto generate preferred colors for the majority of documents To manually apply a different color conversion table Press Menu to open the Admin menus Select Settings and press Select Select Quality and press Select Select Color Correction and press Select v Select Manual and press Select The printer is in manual mode and you need to select a color conversion table press Back to return to the Quality menu select Manual Color and press Select v Select the appropriate color conversion table for the affected object type IRON AP Object type Color conversion tables RGB Image Vivid Produces brighter more saturated colors and may be applied to RGB Text all incoming color formats RGB Graphics sRGB Display Produces an output that approximates
70. lift motor removal 4 74 photoconductor lock removal 4 35 Pick roll removal 4 105 4 119 power supply fan removal 4 46 printhead controller board removal 4 29 rear cover removal 4 5 Rear EMI shield removal 4 83 Rear fan removal 4 79 Registration roll removal 4 107 Registration sensor MPF tray removal 4 102 Registration sensor actuator removal 4 102 RIP board removal 4 47 Separator roll removal 4 106 4 120 speaker removal 4 30 Static discharge brush removal 4 103 Stepper motor removal 4 123 Sub drive unit removal 4 65 Sub frame unit removal 4 81 Temperature and humidity sensor removal 4 79 theta sensor removal 4 49 l 4 Service Manual Toner sensor removal 4 75 Torque limiter removal 4 103 touchscreen removal 4 11 transfer belt CRU removal 4 32 Transfer belt motor removal 4 78 transfer belt position sensor removal 4 33 Transfer Roll CRU removal 4 60 Transport sensor removal 4 121 Tray lift motor removal 4 124 UICC card removal 4 9 Upper and lower registration springs removal 4 103 video board removal 4 48 Waste toner sensor removal 4 89 Repeating defects 2 4 repeating marks 2 7 Reports 3 9 RIP board removal 4 47 RIP board operator panel replacement 4 2 S safety information ii Xi safety inspection guide 6 1 Selecting paper 1 10 Separator roll removal 4 106 4 120 Serial Number 3 21 serial port service check 2 64 Serial Wrap Test 3 18 service checks 2 29 111 01 Black printhead error 2 29 112 01 Cyan prin
71. motor 09 a A OJ N PN2 N PN1 CN7 Paper size sensor MPF Cassette ak MPSIZE2 MPSIZE1 PCZCNG M AJ Oj N MPSIZEO Locations 5 27 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Engine board Connector Connects to Pin no Signal CN8 Paperfeed clutches Paperfeed clutches VCC24V PF1CL VCC24V TROL VCC24V MLTCL CN9 Waste toner 09 om BR Ww N GND HTONER LD Belt pos sensor GND BELT U D 0 a BR j N LD CN10 Duplex solenoid DUPSOL GND CN12 Full sensor i GND PFLIFTSW LD PE Sensor STD tray GND PP EMP LD PE Sensor MPF tray GND MPF DET LD Reg sensor gt O CO N J aj AJ OJ N eo GND PRGSW N PRGSW5V CN13 Duplex clutch DUPOUTCL GND CN14 Exit sensor Uj N GND DUP INSW Ww N 5V CN15 Belt motor 1A BELT 1B BELT 2A BELT A Ww N 2B BELT 5 28 Service Manual Previous Next be Go Back Engine board 5041 030 Connector Connects to Pin no Signal CN16 Paperfeed motor Fuser motor Paperfeed motor 1A FEED 1B FEED 2A FEED 2B FEED Fuser paper exit motor 1A FUSER 1B FUSER 2A FUSER
72. page 4 23 Disconnect the paper exit bin full sensor cable from CN7 on the printhead controller board B A 5 Remove the screw B securing the paper exit guide to the sub drive unit 6 Remove the screw C securing the paper exit guide to the rear of the printer frame ae 7 Pull the fuser duct back to provide some clearance for the paper exit unit Repair information 4 25 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 8 Lift the unit up and remove it from the printer Previous A D Go Back 9ywYzcl Lz f m ry lt i 4 Y d Note When reinstalling the unit line up the slots D on the paper exit unit with the tabs E on the sub drive unit before pushing the unit down in place 4 26 Service Manual 5041 030 Bin full sensor removal Previous 1 Remove the paper exit guide See Paper exit guide removal on page 4 25 2 Release the tabs A securing the black exit guide Go Back A 3 Open the guide exposing the bin full sensor 4 Release the tabs B securing the bin full sensor to the paper exit guide a 5 Disconnect the blue cable from the sensor Repair information 4 27 5041 030 Paper exit sensor removal Previous 1 Remove the paper exit guide See Paper exit guide removal on page 4 25 2 Release the tabs A securing the paper exit sensor to the paper exit guide Go Back 3 Disconnect the purple cable from the sensor 4 28 Servi
73. printhead Dis this fix the problem Problem resolved Go to step 5 5 Replace the HVPS Did this fix the problem Problem resolved Contact your second level support White stripes Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Are there scratches or dirt on the photo sensitive drum Replace the Go to step 2 of the imaging unit imaging unit 2 Is there dirt on the exposing surface of the LED Go to step 3 Go to step 4 printhead 3 Clean the LED printhead Did this fix the issue Problem resolved Go to step 4 4 Replace the defective LED printhead Did this fix the Problem resolved Contact your issue second level support Uneven print Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check the condition of the paper Is it curled or wavy Replace the Go to step 2 paper 2 Check for dew or moisture on the imaging unit s drum Let the imaging Go to step 3 Is there moisture on the drum unit s drums dry off 3 Is there any dirt or debris on the imaging unit Clean off the Go to step 4 imaging unit with a lint free cloth 4 Is there dirt or debris on the exposing surface of the Clean the LED Contact your LED printhead printhead with a second level lint free cloth support 2 6 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Partial dirt Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is there toner attached to the developer roll especially Replace the Go to step 2 the lower part of the roll imaging unit
74. prints both four color and v monochrome print jobs Newt The C925 represents the latest in Lexmark printer innovation including a 4 3 full color eTask touch screen with 4 improved messaging and animation enhanced security features remote operator panel access and control customizable reports and access to the growing list of downloadable and customizable solutions Go Back A variety of connectivity options enable the printer to be used in all types of system environments You can attach one internal adapter to support network configurations requiring Ethernet Token Ring LocalTalk serial infrared or additional parallel ports The printer also has flexible paper handling It supports a wide variety of paper sizes and has a standard multipurpose feeder that makes it easy to print on envelopes transparencies labels card stock and non standard size paper You can add optional inputs to the base printer which can increase the printer paper capacity to 2100 sheets Maintenance approach The diagnostic information in chapter two leads you to the correct field replaceable unit FRU or part Use the information to troubleshoot print quality paper jams user status messages error codes or general symptoms and then follow the instructions to repair the printer After you complete the repair perform tests as needed to verify the repair To begin diagnosing a problem see Diagnostic information on page 2 1 Models The Lexmark
75. remainder of a job The page will be printed as it is formatted on the paper installed in the tray This may cause clipping No further Change prompts will be posted for the remainder of the current job If the src is MP Feeder Manual Paper or Manual Envelope the string Manual Feeder will be used instead of the src string from the Default Source list If the src is Envelope Feeder Envelope Feeder will be used Additional messages may include Paper changed Select Continue More information the printer will present instructions gnore use current source Cancel Job the printer job can be canceled Change src Custom string orientation The Change Orientation message is only displayed for Letter and A4 paper sizes This IR allows a user to override the source for the remainder of a job The page will be printed as it is formatted on the paper installed in the tray This may cause clipping No further Change prompts will be posted for the remainder of the current job If the src is MP Feeder Manual Paper or Manual Envelope the string Manual Feeder will be used instead of the src string from the Default Source list If the src is Envelope Feeder Envelope Feeder will be used Additional messages may include Paper changed Select Continue More information the printer will present instructions gnore use current source Cancel Job the printer job can be canceled Change lt sr
76. removal 4 124 Index l 5 5041 030 U UICC card removal 4 9 Unable to print from USB thumb drive service check 2 68 uneven print 2 6 unprinted spots 2 8 Upper and lower registration springs removal 4 103 USB HS Test Mode 3 19 USB port service check 2 61 User attendance messages 0 99 2 52 V Video board removal 4 48 W waste toner bottle missing service check 2 68 white gaps due to poor color registration 2 11 white stripes 2 6 Wrong paper size service check tray1 2 69 Wrong paper size service check tray2 2 69 l 6 Service Manual 5041 030 Part number index Description P N Page 1 GB DDR DRAM DIMM 40X5303 7 40 110V fuser pwoer cable 40X6211 7 21 110V Fuserl 40X6013 2 22 22 eee eee eee eee eee 7 31 160 GB hard drive 40X7058 7 40 2 s transfer spring 40X6150 7 7 220V Fuser 40X6093 2 22 22 ee eee ee ee eee ee ee eee ee 7 31 220V fuser pwoer cable 40X6440 7 21 256 MB NAND flash card feature 40X5704 7 40 256M DDR DRAM DIMM 40X5301 0 0 eee r
77. step 26 31 Contact your next level of support You will need the following information for them Exact 900 xx error digits and complete error message Printed menu settings page Printed network settings page Device error log Asample print file if error appears to be isolated to a single file File Application used if error is related to specific print file Device Operating System Driver used PCL PS Frequency of the occurrence of the error 941 01 SDRAM R W error Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check all the cables connected to the printhead Go to step 3 Go to step 2 controller board Are they properly connected 2 Connect the cables Did this fix the problem Problem resolved Go to step 3 3 Replace the printhead controller board Did this fix the Problem resolved Contact your issue second level support 941 02 MDC error A Remove power from the printer before continuing or use caution if the product must be energized during this procedure The heat sink transformer core presents risk of electric shock Test before touching 2 44 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Are the cables connecting CN24 on the engine board Go to step 3 Go to step 2 CN5 on the printhead controller and CNO3 in the LVPS properly connected 2 Re connect the cables Did this fix th
78. supply unit fan erTOF sas cea sx rank Ro RKERCROR RK KR REX DR RR nee ed assoni ia 2 39 173 01 Main unit fall CMO cauuaoosascaseshekuaawkeiama ri uas Rea iia ee Rad a Ri ea 2 39 174 01 Bear faBi ertOr iis sus Ex tata dined RARE E ROCK ROCK ROCCO RUN RC ROC MR dea RR GS 2 39 Steps before starting the 9yy service checks 000 eee e eee eee eee eee eee 2 40 iV Service Manual 5041 030 A Collecting the history information from the SE menu 0 00 cee eee eee 2 40 B Collecting the firmware logs Fwdebug and logs tar gz from the SE menu 2 40 C Collecting the settings from the menu settings page 00 ee eee eee eee eee 2 41 D Collecting information Tomine user is uk oer xm goma o RR Rc ac uso gb aad S ss 2 41 900 xx System software GION isiiicu c mr hamum ee Rm RIS Xn Sn Re RE 2 42 941 01 SDRAM R W et FOE iiia xac hk RC d RACE ROC ROR CC ACRCKRC CR UCR eee Re 2 44 941 02 MDC GrTOF 54a saura soia e sees teaei eIn aeneae aar eea eee ee asa 2 44 941 03 CPU error sonas ax RE Rh ux x dc x Ra CERCARE RC kea ORTU eed Rees meee ea RR RC RR 2 46 941 04 MDC controller SITO F ised send suriri meer ease donee a RR IA sais chew ee a 2 46 941 05 EEPROM GROF eee eee eee ee ee ee ee ee cd de eR d RR Ra a 2 46 950 00 950 29 EPROM mismatch failure eese 2 47 959 xx Service invalid firmware error eect nnn 2 48 User attendance messages 0 c eee e eee eee eee eee hh hh hh
79. that is printed Go Back After the toner is moved to the cleaning blade the toner is moved from the cleaning blade to the waste toner area using an auger system Cleaning blade Transfer belt Transfer belt Waste toner box Transferred on a sheet of paper roller Diagnostic aids 3 31 5041 030 Photoconductor Clean Erase Previous After each plane of color has been transferred to the transfer belt from the photoconductors a cleaning blade A scrapes the remaining toner from the surface of each photoconductor This is the clean erase process Next Go Back Cleaning blade Now the photoconductor surface is prepared to begin the EP cycle once again This cleaning erasing cycle happens after each plane of color is transferred to the transfer belt 3 32 Service Manual 5041 030 Paper path components Previous Paper feed The standard paper feed sources consist of a multi paper cassette Tray 1 a standard paper cassette Tray 2 and an MPF Tray The paper feed system on the paper cassettes uses a separation roll torque limiter to prevent Next multiple feeds The MPF on the other hand uses a separation pad J Tray 1 and Tray 2 ray 1 and Tray eo Back Tray 1 uses a spring loaded plate to engage the media in the tray with the pickup roller Tray 2 uses a tray lift motor to lift the paper to the paper feed mechanism Tray 1 holds approximately 150 sheets of 20lb pap
80. the board to the bracket Fuser Fan removal 1 Remove the rear EMI shield See Rear EMI shield removal Not a FRU on page 4 83 2 Remove the fuser duct 3 Remove the HVPS See HVPS removal on page 4 88 4 Remove the rear fan See Rear fan removal on page 4 79 5 Disconnect the fuser fan cable from CN21 the engine controller board 6 Remove the fuser fan Note Make sure the rating label is facing outward when reinstalling the fan 4 72 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Fuser exit drive unit motor removal Previous 1 Remove the rear EMI shield See Rear EMI shield removal Not a FRU on page 4 83 2 Disconnect the cable from the connector A exit drive unit motor Go Back C 3 Remove the two screws B that secure the exit drive unit motor to the fuser motor damper Note The ground wire C is connected with one of the screws Be sure to replace the ground wire when replacing the motor Repair information 4 73 5041 030 Papertray lift motor removal Previous 1 Remove the HVU See HVPS removal on page 4 88 2 Remove the rear fan See Rear fan removal on page 4 79 3 Disconnect the cable A from the DC Geared motor Go Back 4 Remove the three screws B securing the paper tray lift motor to the frame 4 74 Service Manual 5041 030 Toner sensor removal Previous 1 Remove the drive unit See Drive Unit removal on page 4 61 A 2 Remov
81. the cables connecting the power inlet the Go to step 6 Properly connect switch and power supply are properly connected the cables 6 Replace the switch Did this fix the problem Problem solved Go to step 7 7 Arethe fuses blown Go to step 9 Go to step 8 8 Check CNO3 for the following voltages and grounds Go to step 10 Go to step 8 Pins 1 3 and 7 should be 5V dc Pins 5 and 9 should be 24V dc Pins 2 4 6 8 and 10 are GND Are the voltages correct 9 Replace the power supply Did this fix the problem Problem solved Go to step 10 10 Replace the printhead controller board Did this fix the Problem solved Replace the RIP problem board 2 66 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back Printhead service check 5041 030 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check the LED for any dirt or toner that may distort the Go to step 2 Go to step 3 image Is the LED dirty 2 Clean the LED Did this fix the problem Problem solved Go to step 3 3 Check the ribbon cable for proper connectivity to the Go to step 5 Go to step 4 defective printhead and the printhead controller board Is the cable properly connected 4 Properly connect the cable on both ends Did this fix Problem solved Go to step 5 the problem 5 Check the cable for continuity Is there continuity Go to step 6 Go to step 7 6 Replace the defective cable Did this fix the problem Pro
82. the colors displayed on a computer monitor Black toner usage is optimized for printing photographs Display True Black Produces an output that approximates the colors displayed on a computer monitor Uses only black toner to create all levels of neutral gray sRGB Vivid Provides an increased color saturation for the sRGB Display color correction Black usage is optimized for printing business graphics Off No color correction is implemented CMYK Image US CMYK Applies color correction to approximate the SWOP CMYK Text Specifications for Web Offset Publishing color output CMYK Graphics Euro CMYK Applies color correction to approximate EuroScale color output Vivid CMYK Increases the color saturation of the US CMYK color correction setting Off No color correction is implemented 3 40 Service Manual 5041 030 How can match a particular color such as a corporate logo Previous Color Samples page of the Embedded Web Server Selecting any sample set generates a multiple page printout consisting of hundreds of colored boxes Either a CMYK or RGB combination is located on each box depending From the printer Quality menu nine types of Color Samples sets are available These are also available from the A on the table selected The observed color of each box is obtained by passing the CMYK or RGB combination labelled on the box through the selected color conversion table Next To pr
83. the correct level of firmware and update the firmware or replace the RIP board See 959 xx Service invalid firmware error on page 2 48 960 xx Service Memory Error Replace the RIP board 961 xx Service Memory Error Replace the memory in the DIMM slot 964 xx Service Emulation Error Disable the Download Emulation Program the download emulation into the firmware card again If this does not resolve the problem then replace the firmware card and download the emulation again Diagnostic information 2 27 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 9xx error codes Action 975 xx Standard network or Network Card X 976 xx Standard network or Network Card X 982 xx Service lt device gt 990 xx Service lt device gt 991 xx Service lt device gt Card Call your second level support 2 28 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 1xx 9xx Error code service checks 111 01 Black printhead error 5041 030 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is the ribbon cable connecting CN4 on the printhead Go to step 2 Properly connect controller board to the black LED head securely the ribbon cable connected 2 Replace the ribbon cable Does this fix the problem Problem fixed Go to step 3 3 Replace the black LED printhead Does this fix the Problem fixed Replace the problem printhead controller board 112 01 Cyan printhe
84. to Print quality issues on page 2 4 Evenly spaced marks on the paper or a single mark in the same place on every page See Repeating marks on page 2 7 Poor fusing Go to 121 05 Fuser fuser heater error on page 2 32 Toner scatter on front or back of paper Check the following Excessive toner buildup on the transfer belt Clean off the toner and run a test print Transfer belt assembly Transfer belt toner waste bottle Transfer belt separation fingers Fuser separation pawl Paper will not feed from MPF Be sure you have paper in the MPF Check the paper size and type Does it match the paper setting on the printer Be sure the MPF paper present sensor connector CN16 is connected to the CK1 daughter board If the paper still does not feed go to Paper path service checks on page 2 19 Waste toner bottle missing See Waste toner bottle missing service check on page 2 68 ON OFF switch automatically Switching to the Off position Machine shutting down Go to ON OFF switch automatically switching to the Off position service check on page 2 59 ON OFF switch automatically switching to the Off position service check Note If the machine turns off a few seconds after a POR follow the procedure below The automatic shut down of the printer is a safety feature implemented to avoid fire or damage to the printer This is a feature of the device
85. will be lost warning appears 2 To exit the test immediately and return to DEVICE TESTS select No and touch Submit To continue with the test select Yes and touch Submit When the test starts a progress bar appears The test cannot be stopped or canceled once it has begun 3 Once the test is complete the power indicator turns on solid and a message appears indicating whether the test passed or failed Press Stop X to return to DEVICE TESTS Diagnostic aids 3 19 5041 030 Flash Test Previous This test causes the file system to write and read data on the flash to test the flash A Warning This test destroys all data on the flash because the flash is reformatted at the end of the test v 1 Select Flash Test from DEVICE TESTS From the Diagnostics menu navigate to Nast DEVICE TESTS gt Flash Test AContents will be lost warning appears 2 To exit the test immediately and return to DEVICE TESTS select No and touch Submit To continue with Go Back the test select Yes and touch Submit When the test starts a progress bar appears The test cannot be stopped or canceled once it has begun 3 Once the test is complete the power indicator turns on solid and a message appears indicating whether the test passed or failed Press Stop X to return to DEVICE TESTS Input Tray Tests This test determines if the printer can feed media from any of the paper input sources Each of the installed sources is available within the Input Tray Tests men
86. xx error reoccur 21 Are there any ISP internal solutions port options Go to step 22 Problem installed resolved 22 Reinstall the first ISP option Restart the device Go to step 24 Go to step 23 Does the 900 xx error reoccur 23 Run a job to test the option Go to step 24 Go to step 26 Does the 900 xx error reoccur 24 Upgrade the firmware Contact your next level of Go to step 25 Problem support for the correct firmware level to use resolved Restart the printer to operating mode Does the 900 xx error reoccur Diagnostic information 2 43 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Step Action and questions Yes No 25 Replace the faulty ISP option Restart the device Does the 900 xx error reoccur Go to step 31 Go to step 26 26 Are there any more ISP options to install Go to step 27 Problem resolved 27 Install the next ISP option Restart the device Does the 900 xx error reoccur Go to step 29 Go to step 28 28 Run a job to test the option Does the 900 xx error reoccur Go to step 29 Go to step 26 29 Upgrade the firmware Contact your next level of support for the correct firmware level to use Restart the printer to operating mode Does the 900 xx error reoccur Go to step 30 Go to step 26 30 Replace the faulty ISP option Restart the device Does the 900 xx error reoccur Go to step 31 Go to
87. 030 USB HS Test Mode Previous 1 From the Diagnostics menu navigate to A HARDWARE TESTS gt USB HS Test Mode 2 Select the desired Port The test begins immediately for the Single Stop tests 3 Select the desired Test Next Ports Tests Port 0 Test J Go Back Port 1 Test K Port 2 Test SEO NAK Port 3 Test Packet Single Stop Get Device Description Test Force Enable Single Stop Set Feature 4 To cancel the test turn the printer off DEVICE TESTS Note Disks or flash devices must be installed in order to perform these tests Quick Disk Test This test performs a non destructive read write on one block per track on the disk The test reads one block on each track saves the data and proceeds to write and read four test patterns to the bytes in the block If the block is good the saved data is written back to the disk 1 From the Diagnostics menu navigate to DEVICE TESTS gt Quick Disk Test The power indicator blinks while the test is in progress Quick Disk Test Test Passed appears if the test passes Quick Disk Test Test Failed appears if the test fails 2 Press Stop X or touch Back to return to the Device Tests menu Disk Test Clean Warning This test destroys all data on the disk and should not be attempted on a good disk This test may run approximately 11 7 hours depending on the disk size 1 From the Diagnostics menu navigate to DEVICE TESTS gt Disk Test Clean AContents
88. 0X6229 e eee eee eee ee eee eee eee ee 7 35 Option cable 40X6369 reer rrr eee ee eee eee eee eee 7 3 Option cover 40X6125 2 eer eee ee eee eee ee eee 7 3 Option interface board 40X6231 r reer ere eee ee ee eee eee ee 7 35 Option paper tray 40X6246 eer e eee re ee ee ee eee eee eee ee 7 39 Option paperfeed cable 40X6365 2 eee rere eee eee eee eee 7 37 Option paperfeed clutch 40X6236 eer rr eee eee eee eee ee eee 7 37 Option stepper motor 40X6230 ee eee eee er eee ee ee eee eee eee 7 35 Option switch sensor 40X6430 errr ee ee eee ee ee eee eee 7 35 Option tray feed roll 40X1078 eee eee ee eee ee eee eee eee ee 7 37 Option tray pick roll 40X1077 7 37 Option tray separator roll 40X1079 7 37 Output bin full lever 40X6417 7 3 P Paper exit guide 40X6167 s eeu ue nt amna ane cease Are eere ARRA 7 11 Paper exit roller 40X6579 ee eee e ee eee eee ee eee eee 7 11 Paper exit sensor lever 40X6145
89. 1 4 CON TX1 5 CON TX2 6 CON TX2 4 7 CON CLKTX 8 CON_CLKTX 9 GND 10 11 I2C CLK UI 12 I2C DATA UI 13 CON TXO 14 CON_TX0 15 GND 16 5V 17 5V 18 V UI 19 WAKE 20 GND 21 GND 22 LED DRV YELLEOW 23 5V CONT 24 PWR BUTTON J4 J101 1 5V 2 USB_FRONT_P1 3 USB_FRONT_P1 4 GND Locations 5 13 5041 030 RIP video boards Connector Connects to Pin no Signal J3 1 GND 2 IC2_DATA 3 IC2_CLK 4 GND 5 USB_POR 6 PANEL_INT 7 GND 8 WAKE 9 HIBERNATE 10 PWR_BUTTON 11 HUSB_D 12 INA_RESET 13 LED_DRV_YELLOW 14 TG_BEEPER 15 MVREF_VTX_SR 16 GND 17 HUSB_D 18 3 3V 19 3 3V 20 5V_CONT J6 3 4 15 45V 8 60 79 80 7 23 GND 30 37 44 51 59 78 J1 1 GND 2 3 3V 3 GND 4 PROG_TMS 5 GND 6 PROG_TCX 7 GND 8 PROG_TDO 9 GND 10 PROG_TDI 11 GND 12 NC 13 GND 14 NC 5 14 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 RIP video boards Previous Connector Connects to Pin no Signal A RIP board connectors v J1 1 VCLK Y Nen 2 GND 3 VCLK_M gt 4 GND Go Back 5 VCLK_C 6 GND 7 VCLK_K 8 GND J2 1 GND 2 VSYN_Y 3 VSYN_M 4 VSYN C 5 VSYN K 6 HSYN Y 7 HSYN_M 8 HSYN_C 9 HSYN_K 10 GND 11 LEVELY O0_CONN 12 LEVELY O1 CONN
90. 1 Ex JUSBD1 h NW 1 JDIMM1 EN L2 Locations 5 7 5041 030 Video board Previous Go Back ooooooo o0oooooo 1 94 5 8 Service Manual Printhead controller b oard O O000000000 Q 1 CN22 RIP CN2 HDC CN21 VCLK 8 1 5 4 CN8 THET 1 00000000 00000 CN4 HDK ooo CN14 COL CN16 POWR2 CN15 POWR1 O O O 2 ooo0oo0o0000 ojlo eee 00000000 CN17 TONRCK O CN3 HDM ooooo0oo0o0000 O CN18 TONRYM B30 2132 2222114 Tmmmmmmmmmmmmmmr CN10 FROM o CN12 SFLASH CN1 HDY 23 244 ooo 1 O CN13 OPTN O Oo0000000 OOOOOOOOOO00 CN5 MDC
91. 1 9 unacceptable 1 10 paper and media paper checks 2 2 Paper empty sensor removal 4 122 paper exit guide removal 4 25 paper exit sensor removal 4 28 Paper feed clutch removal 4 126 Paper feed motor removal 4 86 Paper feed roll removal 4 119 paper feed unit removal 4 59 Paper full sensor removal 4 122 Paper has entered the duplex unit Paper jam 230 231 9 2 21 Paper has entered the fuser and exited the printer Paper jam 203 2 20 Paper has exited the registration roller and entered the fuser Paper jam 201 2 20 Paper has stopped at the registration roller or has not reached the fuser Paper jams 200 250 24x 2 20 Paper is being picked up and carried to the registration roller Paper jams 200 250 24x 2 19 paper jam 200 paper jam 2 13 201 paper jam 2 14 230 paper jam 2 15 231 39 paper jam 2 16 24x paper jam 2 17 250 2 18 Paper level sensor removal 4 121 Paper path service checks 2 19 Paper Prompts 3 11 paper size sensor removal 4 34 Paper size switch removal 4 82 Paper size switches removal 4 120 paper skew service check 2 63 Paper specifications 1 6 paper specifications media types 1 7 media weights 1 8 paper sizes supported 1 6 Paperfeed roll removal 4 105 Paperfeed unit clutch removal 4 101 Paperfeed unit service check 2 22 Papertray lift motor removal 4 74 Par 1 Strobe Adj 3 22 partial dirt 2 7 partially dark or light print 2 8 parts catalog covers 7 2 duplex 1 7 7 performance 1 6 photoconductor lock removal 4 35
92. 13 LEVELY EO0 CONN 14 LEVELY E1 CONN 15 LEVELM O0 CONN 16 LEVELM O1 CONN 17 LEVELYM EO0 CONN 18 LEVELM E1 CONN 19 LEVELC OO0 CONN 20 LEVELC O1 CONN 21 LEVELC EO0 CONN 22 LEVELC E1 CONN 23 LEVELK O0_CONN 24 LEVELK O1_CONN 25 LEVELK EO0 CONN 26 LEVELK E1 CONN 27 GND 28 FEED2 CN 29 SBSY CN Locations 5 15 5041 030 RIP video boards Connector Connects to Pin no Signal 30 GND_RESET 31 STATUS 32 FDRDY 33 CPRDY 34 START 35 CBSY 36 PDRDY 37 STCLK 38 READY 39 COMMAND 40 GND Jser1 1 GND 2 TG RXD1 3 TG TXD1 4 3 3V JLOCK1 1 NC 2 LOCK 3 GND J3 1 45V 2 CAGE FAN DRV J4 3 4 15 5V 58 60 79 80 7 59 GND 23 30 37 44 51 78 J5 1 GRN_RST 2 GND JUSBD1 1 USB_POWER 2 USBDEV_D1 3 USBDEV_D1 4 GND 5 16 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 RIP video boards Previous Connector Connects to Pin no Signal A J6 GND IC2 DATA IC2 CLK GND USB POR Go Back PANEL INT GND WAKE HYBERNATE PWR BUTTON HUSB_D INA_RESET LED_DRV_YLW TG_BEEPER MVREF_VTX_SR GND HUSB_D 3 3V 3 3V 5V_CONT Next o ooi NI oJ a AJOJN A o no E wo AB E C1 A o N co Aa o Dv o J7 NETWORK J8 1 X5V CONT 2 GND Jo 1 GRN RST T V_RTC GND P
93. 2 52 Auto Align Adj 3 10 B bin full sensor removal 4 27 Black Only Mode 3 8 black page 2 9 black stripes 2 7 Button Test 3 17 buttons Button Test 3 17 C Cal Ref Adj 3 21 cassette stopper removal 4 36 clearances 1 4 clearing jams 200 paper jam 2 13 201 paper jam 2 14 203 paper jam 2 14 230 paper jam 2 15 231 39 paper jam 2 16 24x paper jam 2 17 250 paper jam 2 18 Color Alignment 3 11 Color Trapping 3 9 Configuration ID 3 21 configuration menu 3 7 accessing 3 6 Auto Align Adj 3 10 Black Only Mode 3 8 Color Alignment 3 11 Color Trapping 3 9 Demo Mode 3 10 Disk Encryption 3 11 Download Emuls 3 10 Energy Conserve 3 10 entering 3 7 Envelope Prompts 3 11 5041 030 Exit Config Menu 3 12 Factory Defaults 3 10 Font Sharpening 3 12 Jobs On Disk 3 11 Panel Menu 3 9 Paper Prompts 3 11 PPDS Emulation 3 10 Print Quality Pages 3 9 Reports 3 9 SIZE SENSING 3 9 contaminated background 2 5 D Defaults 3 20 Demo Mode 3 10 Density sensor removal 4 50 diagnostics 2xx paper jam message table 2 49 user attendance message table 2 49 diagnostics menu accessing 3 6 Diagnostics Mode 3 14 DEVICE TESTS 3 19 Disk Test Clean 3 19 Flash Test 3 20 Quick Disk Test 3 19 entering 3 14 EVENT LOG 3 22 Clear Log 3 23 Display Log 3 22 Print Log 3 22 EXIT DIAGNOSTICS 3 23 HARDWARE TESTS 3 16 Button Test 3 17 DRAM Test 3 17 Panel Test 3 16 Serial Wrap Test 3 18 USB HS Test Mode 3 19 PRINT TESTS Print Quality Pgs 3 16 Quick Test Pages
94. 2 Reconnect the cable to CN 121 Did this fix the Problem Go to step 3 problem resolved 3 Check CN 120 on the third expansion paper feeder s Go to step 5 Go to step 4 expansion feeder controller board for proper connectivity Is it properly connected 4 Reconnect the cable to CN 120 Did this fix the Problem Go to step 5 problem resolved 5 Check CN 103 on the third expansion paper feeder s Go to step 7 Go to step 6 expansion feeder controller board for proper connectivity Is it properly connected 6 Reconnect the cable to CN 103 Did this fix the Problem Go to step 7 problem resolved 7 Replace the paper full sensor Does this fix the Problem Go to step 8 problem resolved 8 Replace the expansion paper feeder controller board Problem Contact you Does this fix the problem resolved second level support 171 01 Fuser fan error Step Questions actions Yes No 1 Is there anything obstructing the fan s movement Clear the Go to step 2 obstruction 2 Check connector CN21 on the MDCONT board Is it Go to step 3 Reconnect the properly connected connectors 3 Replace the fuser fan Does this remedy the situation Problem solved Go to step 4 4 Replace the engine controller board Does this remedy Problem solved Contact your the situation second level support 2 38 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 172 01 Power supply unit fan error 5041 030 Step
95. 4 When Restoring Factory Defaults appears release the buttons Note If the printer locks up on the Restoring Factory Defaults wait two minutes and then turn the printer power off After ten seconds or more turn the printer power back on without holding down any buttons Does the error message still appear 5 Replace the OP panel UICC card See UICC Replace the system board Problem solved card removal on page 4 9 Does the error message still appear See RIP board removal on page 4 47 Diagnostic information 2 47 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 959 xx Service invalid firmware error firmware You will need to contact your second level support for the correct firmware level to use Did updating the firmware fix the issue Step Action and questions Yes No 1 POR the printer a few times Does the problem re Go to step 2 Problem occur resolved 2 Put the machine into recovery mode and update the Problem resolved Go to step 3 3 Replace the RIP board Did this fix the problem Problem resolved Call your second level support 2 48 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 User attendance messages User prompts Error code Action Adjusting color Wait until the process is completed Change lt src gt lt custom type name gt lt orientation gt This message allows the user to override the source for the
96. 40X1107 1 1 Vertical paperfeed sensor Next 3 40X1111 1 1 Type2 feed roll 4 40X1173 1 1 Horizontal sensor paperfeed 7 5 40X1106 1 1 Retainer clip ins 6 40X1078 1 1 Option tray feed roll 7 40X1077 1 1 Option tray pick roll 8 40X1079 1 1 Option tray separator roll 9 40X1080 1 1 Torque limiter clutch 10 40X6235 1 1 Timing belt S 11 40X6237 1 1 Timing belt L 12 40X6234 1 1 Opt tray door closed sensor 13 40X6232 1 1 Main interface cable 14 40X6236 1 1 Option paperfeed clutch NS 40X7452 1 1 550 sheet paperfeed screw parts pack Parts catalog 7 37 5041 030 Assembly 19 550 sheet option feeder tray Previous Go Back 7 38 Service Manual Assembly 19 550 sheet option feeder tray 5041 030 Previous Asm Part Units Units po scription A index number mach FRU P 1 40X6246 1 1 Option paper tray WV Next D Go Back Parts catalog 7 39 5041 030 Assembly 20 Maintenance kits power cords and options Previous Asm Part Units a A index number FRU Description v NS 40X6372 300K paperfeed maintenance kit Next NS 40X6457 MFP maintenance kit NS 40X5301 256 M DDR DRAM DIMM 5 Go Back NS 40X5302 din NS 40X5303 NS 40X4823 NS 40X4826 NS 40X4827 NS 40X4819 NS 40X5704 NS 40X7058 NS 40X7062 NS 40X7063 NS 40X6337 NS 40X5969 NS 40X5970 NS 40X5971 NS 40X5972 NS 40X6921 NS 40X6922 NS 40X6923 NS 40X0271 NS 40X0301 NS 40X3609 NS 40X1792 NS
97. 5041 030 Printhead controller board Connector Connects to Pin no Signal CN21 RIP board VCLK Y GND VCLK M GND VCLK C GND VCLK K GND CN22 RIP board NI OD oO RY wy Pf GND VSYN Y VSYN C VSYN M VSYN K HSYN Y HSYN C HSYN M o o NI oa a AJOJN HSYN K A o GND LEVELY OO 5 24 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back Printhead controller board 5041 030 Connector Connects to Pin no Signal CN22 continued RIP Board continued 12 LEVELY O1 13 LEVELY EO 14 LEVELY E1 15 LEVELM OO 16 LEVELM O1 17 LEVELM EO 18 LEVELM E1 19 LEVELC OO 20 LEVELC O1 21 LEVELC EO 22 LEVELC E1 23 LEVELK OO 24 LEVELK O1 25 LEVELK EO 26 LEVELK E1 27 GND 28 FEED2 29 SBSY 30 FPF 31 STATUS 32 FDRDY 33 CPRDY 34 START 35 CBSY 36 PPRDY 37 STCLK 38 READY 39 COMMAND 40 GND Locations 5 25 Previous Next Re Go Back 5041 030 Previous Engine Board Next Go Back O CN18 CN19 CN20 DS M DS C DS K CN17 DS Y oooo oooo 0000 CN24 POWR oo000 O CN25 PFAN ooo oooo CN27 PWOFF o o m 900 jloooo CN15 BELT CN22
98. 546 BASE ROHR ES SEES 1 8 hope SDN EERS TAI ILI Il i 2 1121 271215 210 21 T TOT 1 9 EHI ecserin Ar sop ec vanae QUI eet quiere Ro ONE AU UO Mq dp de RUE near eiut rl a pps 1 9 Paper cliaracterislios 4 22233 bod PEOR RV REP PERI Epai ETOT DAAE RIAA rR AR ERS 1 9 URACERDIABIG DANE eeuesetioddw Rp ERREVERE UTER arkar RIMIS dg dde dde d 1 10 SsalbctiriqiBael v ssec ERI AXCPLES EREIIOUEPES PER ESTRrEd SEER P EpeEIAdE Eopaad go dd 1 10 Tools reguired TOF SENICE asus ete ne ed eee Ihre EOD AR EROR ER eee a ale AR RR RR RR RC RC 1 11 ACON MS tind cient duo TUE dU ee 0 auus Rcs cuca Stt aan cats uU Lt orti camer ad dud suede 1 11 Diagnostic information iiiiiisuaienazexesuaeaset evasedashs eracsdcasessansacssegnagegas 2 1 nip TTD TS 2 1 Safety EAE no PO aoi s Paweq IGI REG Oa E decal Sata db Wick cs Ub Kd RUE RU d 2 1 Mia CROCK ec Tc ET 2 2 POR Power On Reset sequence issus ics cece edness Redeem RA RR UR a 2 3 Print Quality ISSUOS ios ice sp esey FRI shee 1930 EORR ORC RUE REEL Ra ER E S FALE RE M eli 2 4 Repeating defects amp iikxse sack entrees cian eden sed ead ered eee ar ORAN ACTEUR 2 4 One color MISSING iius crewed een ka dese wae ssa n ARR ne SERA ees Came eee NUR oie 2 5 Contaminated background 4x kk x cian IRR RCXCADROCKORSRCRCCOCAOKE OCOCRCROR OCC ESEE me 2 5 Lowered PUNE GENS icbari os Vox dod bas ci xcP ScirRb d d e RR RA d RATE ARR A REM RUE IQ dos 2 6 billig MUTET 2 6 UNEVEN Brnbosenictbas di 45s dba2dsOu Essa DIE ER
99. 6 Left scroll decrease Decreases a value Sa 7 Down arrow Scrolls down 8 Accept Submit v Saves a setting 9 Cancel Cancels an action or selection Cancels out of a screen and return the previous screen 10 Back Navigates back to the previous screen Diagnostic aids 3 3 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Other touch screen icons Icon Function Exit De Exits from the current screen to the home screen Unselected radio button n o o Indicates that an item is not selected Selected radio button Indicates a selection Index Displays information about the key functions of the printer including instructions on how to operate it LC C ET Search Lets you search for files and menus 79 Warning A Indicates a warning or error condition 3 4 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Administrative menus Previous See the menu map for a brief overview of the printer menus available from the operator panel A Select a menu or menu item for more details v Next Supplies Menu Replace Supply Paper Menu Reports Go Back Cyan Cartridge Default Source Menu Settings Page Magenta Cartridge Yellow Cartridge Black Cartridge Paper Size Type Configure MP Substitute Size Device Statistics Network Setup Page Network x Setup Page Cyan Imaging Unit Paper Weight Profiles List Magenta Imaging Paper Loadi
100. 62 1 1 Belt motor cable 7 40X6161 4 1 Drive unit motor NS 40X7052 1 1 Base 1 screw parts pack Parts catalog 7 13 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Previous Assembly 7 Base 2 Next Go Back 7 14 Service Manual Assembly 7 Base 2 5041 030 Asm Part Units Units Description index number mach FRU 1 40X6163 1 1 Sub unit drive 2 40X6171 1 1 Fuser fan 3 40X6170 1 1 Fuser duct 4 40X6355 1 1 Exit solenoid bracket 5 40X6165 1 1 Exit drive unit solenoid 6 40X6368 Engine power supply Door interlock cable 7 40X6166 1 1 Door open switch 8 40X1104 8 1 Photo interrupter 9 40X6278 1 1 Fuser exit sensor cable 10 40X6367 1 1 Engine paperfeed motor cable Paper exit unit 11 40X6164 1 1 Exit drive unit motor 12 40X6209 1 1 Tray lift motor cable 13 40X6172 1 1 Paper tray lift motor NS 40X7442 1 1 Base 2 screw parts pack Parts catalog 7 15 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Previous Assembly 8 Base 3 Go Back 7 16 Service Manual 5041 030 Assembly 8 Asm Part Units Units Description index number mach FRU 1 40X6174 2 1 Handle cover 2 40X6175 4 1 Bottom foot NS 40X6421 2 1 Rubber grip pad Parts catalog 7 17 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Previous Assembly 9 Paperfeed Next 7 18 Service Manual Assemb
101. 9 5041 030 Moisture content Previous The amount of moisture in the paper affects both print quality and the ability of the printer to feed the paper A properly Leave the paper in its original wrapper until it is time to use it This limits the exposure of the paper to moisture changes that can degrade its performance Vv Condition paper while it is still in the original wrapper To condition it store it in the same environment as the Next printer for 24 to 48 hours before printing to let the paper stabilize in the new conditions Extend the time several days if the storage or transportation environment is very different from the printer environment Thick paper may also require a longer conditioning period because of the mass of material Go Back Grain direction Grain refers to the alignment of the paper fibers in a sheet of paper Grain is either grain long running the length of the paper or grain short running the width of the paper For 60 to 135 g m 16 to 36 Ib bond paper grain long fibers are recommended For heavier papers grain short is recommended Fiber content Most high quality xerographic paper is made from 100 chemically pulped wood This content provides the paper with a high degree of stability resulting in fewer paper feeding problems and better print quality Paper containing fibers such as cotton possesses characteristics that can result in degraded paper handling Unacceptable paper The followin
102. CFAN oooo o O O OQ J FFAN E 0 ooo0oo0o0000 ooo CN23DRSW CN16FEED CN OO CN4 TEMP r O LIFT oo CN6 O DES oo oooooo CN10 CN8CLUT CN1 TERM Q oooooo 000000000000 Ile CN9BEUD N12 PRGSNS 00000000000000 CN2 MAIN 3 O 2 ou sN o W 2 2 Si sia 5 o 3 N QS ejo e O N z o fr ze o S Ooo LL 2 2 2 Ble la F m N28 irs o bi zZ 2 oJ QO Ole j e E DUPIN CN29 O 0 O 5 26 Service Manual Engine board 5041 030 Connector Connects to Pin no Signal CN1 N C CN2 Printhead Controller LDPRG PRGSW5V THETA LED GND PCZCNG HTNB1 GND MOTOR CLK4 OO CO NI a mo BR Ww MOTOR CLK3 A o MOTOR CLK2 MOTOR CLK1 no TXD E wo RXD _ AB MBUSY IN CN3 N C CN4 Temp humidity sensor Temp S GND Humid S AJ Oj N 5V CN5 Paper size sensor Std Cassette CPSIZE2 PCZCNG C CPSIZE1 PCZCNG C CPSIZEO PCZCNG C CN6 Paper tray lift
103. Click Settings and then select one of the settings page from the links shown on the page 3 Copy all information and then save it as a text file 4 E mail the text file to your next level of support Printing the menu settings page 1 From the home screen navigate to Reports Menu Settings Page 2 Print the menu settings page and then use Scan to E mail to send it to your next level of support D Collecting information from the user Ask the user for information about the following Print job being run Operating system used Print driver used e Other information on what was happening when the 9yy error occurred Diagnostic information 2 41 5041 030 900 xx System software error Notes Before troubleshooting e Perform the Steps before starting the 9yy service checks on page 2 40 Determine the operating system used when the error occured If possible determine whether a PostScript or PCL file was sent to the device when the error occured Ask the customer which Lexmark Solutions applications are installed on the device Step Action and questions Yes No 1 POR the device Does the error reoccur Go to step 2 Problem resolved Write down the exact 900 xx error code displayed on the device Turn the device off Clear the print queues Disconnect all communication cables and remove all memory options Remove all ISP and modem cards Restart the dev
104. E P ERE Ra 3 19 Quis DISK Teel sideuedcingtbend ces dadhe cases lab ie X Anc D p Pap beads 3 19 Disk Test Cleat 249929290 RPRSR HK RETE HERESRESTIYRSNQORAN IER Re SESS ERED SEES OES 3 19 FASA EOS coe Qa bib ay dd ade Sgdudu dud b Wo a dius eae Gh dd MEE qu EE 3 20 put Tray Tests ssa sceasiikes dies die diseesaeeed ee Rd OE ent BUR OREMUS RR RU d rne E a dC 3 20 PRINTER SETUP sa conne ERR ERES GR ER are con RRER RUE EE GERE GR ADR RUE EG ROCK TERR CR 3 20 Delaulls 152veb RETINET ERRARE abre rE EP ERG DASE DEES Tee P REPE IV E 3 20 zicipcogsppocape p EEUU 3 21 Sonal NUmbOE 5c eaae da qa ebd ahd RE PEE TOP RERRARIPRVAS E LIE QUERENS 3 21 Engine ceting TS B a uud abis dade phen rU EU ERU mace beled ax AERE Ordre 3 21 Modal Name sisi ckPimdUuebp3 bOoimdub eto be pea PESE Se ESSE Adee Ge PE dads 3 21 QGBIGDUTACOB MD 25d Save mater tasted aped uhr de Questo gp d Hae S nidos iir inira dit 3 21 CIREAN Pe PTT TIT 3 21 Pard Saco Adl 2295 os pR dod 2406s Gs PERCNEFPOPRERPPNEMP IG i ae SEL EH SSE 6 qe 3 22 REPORTS ices cies id dee Redes Dee GO RR D PR RE CR D RR CR dae Bde Rc Robo 3 22 EVENT LOG 4 n rh adio 3e gr E DIERIEDIE ERA EF RA T EEY ES RR RICE PRUEES PEE 3 22 Display log RC rrr ULPETMTTPET 3 22 Print LOG 2c 22 0 ocesG0000 5 E 54098 KE RE ocv RS eT OS OSHS EERE SS Tes eee 3 22 REN RE Gis ce ts acc ea ails alse ete aha Ge Ped ae LE Edd a Liu Ee mE 3 23 EAM DIAGNOSIICS ocicadicwdniieoutiatsacos acces studi sium P EE dS Sd Gad EN ME 3 23 vi Service M
105. E Stor T EmO uai dns ba EE bd CREE SLE eS de Sa Rp eed dun upon 2 30 121 02 Thermistor 2 GITOF iasenuae xe E ccs ca seca ncdese ceeaesded a cecaa meee FR Es 2 30 121 03 Thermistor 3 GITOF aaj oss RR REA EAR AERE EA E TGORERGAYE RERXRERRE ede aR E 2 31 121 04 Belt thermistor error issu sce tie weds iw eas see bene rar AE aya pore 4E Gaels RS d CRI be 2 31 121 05 Fuser fuser heater error isis ik kaxu Ra kx R RICE ACROCEUCAORUKORCR ACA XI ENR EERENS 2 32 125 xx Power SwIlCH Error uc euou 3602 ro puro prx Ie 3 REIR SR EGasq SPERM 2 32 130 xx High voltage power supply error 1 2 0 cee eee eee n nnnm nn 2 32 132 00 Density sensot erof uia oss suam ra Rusa Sebo wee S RAEA ERRARE Sar REIR ERR IR a 2 33 132 4 Abnormal hela SENSO aa a sk kae kao ta tipini eae hata eee Red Ra ROA 2 34 136 xx Temperature humidity sensor error 200 c eee eee eee eee 2 35 140 Drive motor GIO tices chess cee tee ee enka n e ker wareead RENT RE owed 2 35 149 01 Fuser paper exit motor error 1 cece eee hh eee 2 35 CR MOTEOF ee ee ee ee 9392 ee ee ee ee ee ee ode ee ee 2 36 146 03 TAV JENO mid pdxss d doctus seduced heeus eae Cee A08 QU ACA eos ub b duca e up wan Ge ae 2 36 146 04 Tray terror sitting sius ik rara dig cites reend naD RR REA AUS VA RUE esse xd 2 37 146 05 Tray B eEFOE a iciacx ache seen damier eed UR RC COR cR RA GR RD RR REOR RU RC RE 2 38 171 01 F ser fan emor oasis ois cess rape RR ERR ER ARAERG TRI cv APER RESPIRARE ges 2 38 172 01 Power
106. EC RR RR EERE RC 3 7 Entering Config Men isos isn aouekRERGOR AGE RUE RA Ria d Ra inpia eee BR E Ud eee d 3 7 Reset Separator Roll and Pick Assembly Counter 0 0 00 e eee eee eee 3 8 Heset Maintenance Counter iu xoc iod ous xb Ebr aix sted a Erg io e pau edid ad pd wis 3 8 Reset Fuser Counter iascsaa e Rak en beAda ku E RARE R GN RES QS EE P RR Edad qa ead Sat 3 8 Reset Transfer Bell Counter icc ccc nus neas REARRAXAGAGARRRAARARAS REA e ena A 3 8 Black Only MOUG a nado acd x RS FERAE ed aOR EROR RES RE Ded Reed dub Ropa 3 8 PIM OUA PAGES a5 cua 1 3 17 EE de QUU 8rd Ron sc P doi 5 a dre SURE aie wea haw aa a qd dob RU db doE 3 9 Fu s r Speed eee rer 3 9 B poFis ccc iama or dacxd REOR AC tieten TR CR ORO eee ene Nee UD RR ACUDIR RD dE 3 9 Golot Trapping ai 204 93393 3 1 CREAR EROR Ao RR doce ao ias aS Cor ra RATER 3 9 5041 030 Tray Insert Message xus ixi camden ERR CGRCRECOCA Re Ree REN Rae RCR CUR ACA RC rele 3 9 SE SENSING x bsec pda ES edd eee tees P edic dee scorch eases Sema EE tut 3 9 Panel Mens sacos ga ACIE FUE ERA steed nee ee RC RUREA SACR odd dedo Rod Rab o EO ie SUE oa 3 9 PPDS Emulation saccades RARO eee REOR E CK CREAR eee TERR TOR POR ARCA CB CAE 3 10 Download EMUINS ic ie scis0ka dew RR RRGORRE A she aden ERA RUEDA kaw ROCK OR Ros LEUR deal edn ein be 3 10 Demo Mode 1 352 diane tna eens eee eee eRe ee ORE A URL ee RRR RC aU 3 10 Factory DetaultS cise dias hike site 5450544050000 aW oS Edu eee RR eR Ea dite cde 3 10 E
107. ER AUR Oh bobo 4 65 DGOr IDterlDck SWIEIHTBIIOVBI Saa acd g 3 26 piddeicioqo de E Rcx MUR uq D a 150005 X INO RR UR CR UA RU ect 4 69 D plex solenoud T moVal ases px ARM RR ER AER ERE ERRARE EE PAARE LATE d Nd Ed KE 4 70 Fuser entry sensor removal iix ad hoch tiren A ROC E dices EEEE AG EE CULA CR TRO Oe 4 71 Engine board MDCONT removal eseeeeeeee n n n hh m nmn 4 72 Fuser Fan removal 43 5 xakc aoo CIERRE on ioes ankane CRUS Leek Ode Ree Rea Ra Na 4 72 Fuser exit drive unit motor removal 00 0 cece eee eee eee em nn nnn nn 4 73 Papettray lift motor removal isa xk san kA Rh RRORROAXCAR RR RORCA EROR CC RC dese wake eee a 4 74 Toner sensor TemioVal wii ices hii bk d EA REG Esiin Eann Ei seed OR BUR VOIR RR CR BRL eee 4 75 Transfer belt motor removal ui4ss kiss sche 9 REACRCRUCRCE NOR amani ken ONEA REE as 4 78 Temperature and humidity sensor removal eee eee nnn 4 79 Hear Fan FeroVAl uua dee ac oe Xo AR e RURAL Ghee ede RR As aS RUP d dede ca Rb rok 4 79 Sub llame wnt removal 3 33 m E baden Wa dane Bot Ea AR ParP GUN Board doen dquidus d 4 81 Paper size SwiIch removal pex oa ke res ei qas RUF QE Em ed RR AE URULA eee CR RIA RR 4 82 Rear EMI shield removal Nota FRU cece eee eee eee e n nn n nnn 4 83 Paper feed molor F mOWVdal amp 4aaaac aa doe ented eda ee a Ree EORR ERA AR Par CY ec Od ea 4 86 HVPS removal xxuem RR RERO UEE d ER RR GUERRE GORMNSURERESEERGGOINNFTAGEREF ERES 4 88 Waste to
108. GFI GHz HBP HTML HV HVPS HVU Hz INTL ITC ITU LAN LASER LCD LCM LD LED LEF LES LV LVPS MB MDC MH MIF mm MMR MPF MR MROM MS NAND NVM NVRAM OCF OCR OEM OHP OPC OPT PC PDF PICS PIN PIXEL 1 12 Service Manual Electrophotographic process Erasable programmable read only memory Electrostatic Discharge Facedown Field replaceable unit Face up Gigabyte Ground Fault Interrupter Gigahertz Host Based Printing Hypertext markup language High Voltage High voltage power supply High voltage unit Hertz International Internal Tray Card Image Transfer Unit Black Key Local area network Light amplification by stimulated emission of radiation Liquid crystal display Liquid Crystal Module Laser Diode Light emitting diode Long edge feed Lexmark Embedded Solution applications Low Voltage Low voltage power supply Magenta Megabyte Motor Driver Control Message handling Motor interface Millimeter Modified modified read Multipurpose feeder Modem ready Masked Read Only Memory Microswitch NAND usage NAND gate Nonvolatile Memory Nonvolatile Random Access Memory Operator correctable failure Oil coating roll Original Equipment Manufacturer Overhead projector Optical photo conductor Optical Sensor Photoconductor Portable Document Format Problem isolation charts Personal identification number Picture element Previous Next D Go Back PJL POR POST PPDS ppm
109. Jobs Were Not Restored The printer deleted some held jobs in order to process current jobs Select Continue to clear the message If this does not fix the problem replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 37 Insufficient memory Some Held Jobs Will Not Be Restored The printer was unable to restore some or all of the confidential or held jobs on the hard disk Select Continue to clear the message If this message occurs again replace the hard drive If this does not fix the problem replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 37 Insufficient Defrag Memory There is insufficient memory to perform the Flash Memory Defragment operation The user can Delete font macros and other data in memory Install additional printer memory 38 Memory Full The following options are available Select Continue to clear the message and continue printing The job may not print correctly Cancel the current job Install additional printer memory If this does not fix the problem replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 39 Complex Page The page is too complex to print Options are Select Continue to continue The job may not print correctly Cancel the job 50 PPDS Font Error Select Continue to clear the message and continue printing The job may not print correctly Cancel the current job If this does not fix the problem replace th
110. Panel Test The Panel test continually executes 2 Press Stop X to cancel the test 3 16 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Button Test Previous This test verifies the operator panel button function A To run the Button Test v 1 From the Diagnostics menu navigate to Next HARDWARE TESTS gt Button Test With no buttons pressed an image the operator panel buttons is displayed Press each operator panel 5 button one at a time and the button in the illustration turns blue Go Back 2 Press Stop X or touch Back to exit the test DRAM Test This test checks the validity of DRAM both standard and optional The test repeatedly writes patterns of data to DRAM to verify that each bit in memory can be set and read correctly To run the DRAM Test 1 From the Diagnostics menu navigate to HARDWARE TESTS gt DRAM Test DRAM Test Testing appears on the screen followed by Resetting the Printer After the printer resets the results of the test appear DRAM Test x MB P HHRHH F HEHHHHE x represents the size of the installed DRAM P represents the number of times the memory test has passed and finished successfully with the maximum pass count being 999 999 F represents the number of times the memory test has failed and finished with errors with the maximum fail count being 999 999 Once the maximum pass count or fail count is reached or once all the DRAM has been tested the test st
111. R REESE FEE ERE e BR d dob eU we 2 6 Partial dI E acie ena addu E odo REI der o POR obe Rd Bola eR RO dodo Pe bau ao 2 7 Bepssting MAINS agas i tdas dax obe diodes eme S siriab acd awd sh eae Bri auis d AF dob RA 2 7 Black SMPS oe REA bd X eee E ERE RU ERR RR AREE RUE EN VR AER RU Ed xd bb boda SR 2 7 Unprinted SpOIS aaa ona s adex kA RUXECRCROCCAC CR eens ere ERE CUR RED e CR P RC CR 2 8 Partially dark or light print unos sosxas saura cae arr etRR rrt re FERREA ARE Pasa 2 8 Black Page iis ik I HORA aes RR eee Rew eR Rew EUR CR ORTU RUNI aOR RC a 2 9 Ln dcm 2 9 Stain on back of page iaaxxs koi koh X ACER EORR RORCKCUCRACKCOCCO CECI ACERBA UC RR RR 2 10 Failure to USS M P c DUDEEUUUTNUUTUUUUTUSMSITSMT 2 10 Sains on edge Of PAGE ease kar Ve hd ORE a OR nd GU Un RE URS eros A ACC RA eee same o 2 10 SEREWOO DUE dpisidaacit xx bata dated Sub Pad u4 4 Roose aw dd meee a Mc Ro e a CU 2 10 White gaps due to poor color registration eeeee IIR 2 11 5041 030 Paper jaMS xa sk caiman came ERROR eee RS ORR Ok RE Rer eR RC CR ae dc EC KU KG ROCCO ROS 2 12 Clearing and troubleshooting paper jams seseee III 2 13 200 BAD ifl c2 3 co pesce or acc gonna e h eee que err dk egere quie Dra Rar gabe druasiun grid 2 13 201 paper IBI easda 23 53 03 RERO d RU ieu ted exitibus oe meee aep ANE Chee 2 14 208 paper jam x499 peySI RARE RERERSCRREDCRST PARAT RARE UPREE Te E RE Pigs 2 14 PPO papera s gisessipscsveiupvraddupagddgdi
112. ROC_XRTAL_1 PROX XTAL 4 a A j N J12 1 I2C DATA TERM GND IC2 CLK TERM CPU GREEN INT A Oj N JCONF PLL_CFG 1 8V PLL_CFG2 N Locations 5 17 5041 030 Printhead controller board Connector Connects to Pin no Signal CN1 Yellow printhead 1 HD5V 2 GND 3 HD5V 4 GND 5 HD5V 6 GND 7 HD5V 8 GND 9 HD5V 10 GND 11 HD3V 12 SO Y 13 SCK Y 14 STROBE Y 15 DATA_YO 16 DATA_Y1 171 DATA_Y2 18 DATA_Y3 19 HSYNC Y 20 LOAD Y 21 GND 22 CLOCK N Y 23 CLOCK P Y 24 GND 5 18 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back Printhead controller board 5041 030 Connector Connects to Pin no Signal CN2 Cyan printhead 1 USB 5 V dc 2 USB D 1 HD5V 2 GND 3 HD5V 4 GND 5 HD5V 6 GND 7 HD5V 8 GND 9 HD5V 10 GND 11 HD3V 12 SO C 13 SCK C 14 STROBE C 15 DATA CO 16 DATA C1 171 DATA C2 18 DATA C3 19 HSYNC C 20 LOAD C 21 GND 22 CLOCK N C 23 CLOCK P C 24 GND Locations 5 19 Previous Next Re Go Back 5041 030 Printhead controller board Previous Connector Connects to Pin no Signal A CN3 Magenta printhead 1 USB 5 V dc V 2 USB D Tus 1 HD5V 2 GND 3 HD5V Go Back 4 GND 5 HD5
113. RUN ARR ER Red des RR CEN RE RR 4 4 Arrangement of removals in this chapter esleeeeeeeee e nnn 4 4 Cover removals 1 640 d46080 dead inadd th SERRE re EA ARR ATE RR CORR CE SEC n EE Roe RR a 4 5 Bear cover remioV l uasa oki ck cats RR ROCA UON ete ew Re ROS oie CRUCE CR OCC a C BR RR NGA CC 4 5 Operator panel bezel removal eeeeeeeeee n hh n nnn 4 7 Operator Panel FemoV8l 1 292 4 50 R EORR ER ode RR READE RA e de d ORA UR 4 8 WICC card TenioVal 5sosdensd baswi qeniepberedceuebxxe dade qud Ed dq IER E 4 9 TouchscreBn FENIOVAl a xod VE EA REA iekb pav a EAR UE DURER a Ru bula dedil Po drin 4 11 TOP COVBP T6oVal osa pss ER eines TASSE TATEE EDEN LANE TENES TANA ddddI bd dE a dq 4 12 Left Cover IGNIOVEl s suas ea coach XR de pb FOROR ARCU RRR RR AUR DU e RR ER mR 4 14 Front door removal 4 xax sna RR RO see Re sheer AORRCOCOACR UR RC RC kere wna B 4 17 Frontlogo cover removal amp 5i2 52ikn rr cent Ra do d irass RERO RE RR RES ERR RE E AREA 4 18 Top removals i22 xxx sao xc e Ted ORR CC RC CC ERE ee EEEE DEA EERE ai 4 19 Output bin full sensor actuator removal eeeeseeeeeeeer nnn 4 19 LED assembly removal xaxesxuk edd Rd sie ae ee ROROCKOR REE RO Ree ee Ree eS 4 20 LED print head removal i siicc sends wnssas cskaxrekua ee Sues RU ad pu eee Pd RA DS 4 22 Op panel paper exit guide removal eseeeeeeee nnn nnn 4 23 Paper Gxt que removal 4352233 23 83 9 49 3 adc 8nd skwsasias danas oe
114. Replace the waste toner box using the instruction sheet that comes with the replacement waste toner box Ensure that there is no interference between the waste toner box and the printer f the problem persists replace the engine board See Engine board MDCONT removal on page 4 72 f the problem persists contact your next level of service 82 Waste Toner Missing See Waste toner bottle missing service check on page 2 68 83 xx ITU Life Warning Select Continue to clear the message and continue printing Order a replacement transfer module When print quality is reduced install the new transfer module using the instruction sheet that comes with the replacement transfer module f the problem persists replace the system board See Printhead controller board removal on page 4 29 83 xx Replace ITU Replace the transfer module using the instruction sheet that comes with the replacement transfer module See Transfer belt CRU removal on page 4 32 f the problem persists replace the system board See Printhead controller board removal on page 4 29 83 41 ITU Missing Check for damage or loose parts on the belt Replace as needed Clean any dirty connections Try a different belt 84 11 color PC Unit Life Warning Select Ignore to clear the message and continue printing Order the specified photoconductor unit When print quality is reduced install the new speci
115. Reset Maintenance Counter button is displayed 2 Touch that button to reset the counter Reset Fuser Counter This menu item is used to reset the fuser counter for the print engine 1 Touch the menu item A Reset Fuser Counter button is displayed 2 Touch that button to reset the counter Reset Transfer Belt Counter This menu item is used to reset the fuser counter for the print engine 1 Touch the menu item A Reset Fuser Counter button is displayed 2 Touch that button to reset the counter Black Only Mode When this setting is set to On the printer prints only grayscale printing The default is Off The result is similar to setting Print Mode to Black Only Note This setting appears only when the PJL Password Environment variable is set to 0 3 8 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Print Quality Pages Previous The Print Quality Test consists of five pages Pages one and two contain a mixture of graphics and text The A remainder of the pages only contain graphics Use this test to identify print quality problems The Test Pages must be printed on A4 Legal or Letter paper v Next D Use this setting if the device is encountering a shock line issue After adjusting the setting the device will print Go Back the Print Quality Pages It is recommended that this menu setting is used under the guidance of your second level of support Fuser Speed Reports From this menu you c
116. Revised June 18 2015 e Service Manual Lexmark C925 5041 030 e Table of contents e Start diagnostics e Safety and notices e Trademarks Index LEXMARK 5041 030 Edition June 18 2015 The following paragraph does not apply to any country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL INC PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions therefore this statement may not apply to you This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors Changes are periodically made to the information herein these changes will be incorporated in later editions Improvements or changes in the products or the programs described may be made at any time Comments may be addressed to Lexmark International Inc Department D22X 002 1 740 West New Circle Road Lexington Kentucky 40550 U S A or e mail at ServicelnfoAndTraining Lexmark com Lexmark may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you References in this publication to products programs or services do not imply that the manufacturer intends to make these available in all countries in which it o
117. S REE REESE ETE 7 3 Type 2 feed roll 40X1111 ee eee ee ee ee ee ee eee eee 737 U UICC card 40X7115 22 2 e ee eee eee eee ee ee ee eee eee eee eee ee 7 5 UK straight powercord 40X0271 nnn ne eee eee 7 40 UL1 interface cable 40X6361 7 35 UL2 inteface cable 40X6362 eee een en ee eee eee 7 35 Uper registration spring 40X6184 e e e eee e eee 7 19 Upper assembly screw parts pack 40X7449 7 25 Upper registration spring 40X6422 7 19 USA powercord 40X7104 7 40 V Vertical paperfeed sensorl 40X1107 2 2 r errr rere eee eee eee eee 7 37 I 12 Service Manual
118. Step Action and questions Yes No 1 POR the printer a couple times Does the printer turn off a few seconds after the POR Note When restarting the machine you should see the power switch physically move to the off position when the machine turns off Go to step 2 Problem resolved 2 Replace the fuser power supply and printhead controller board Does this fix the problem Problem Contact your resolved second level support Diagnostic information 2 59 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Other service checks Networking service check ISP install needed Note Before starting this service check print out the network setup page This page is found under Menu Reports Network Setup Page Consult the network administrator to verify that the physical and wireless network settings displayed on the network settings page for the device are properly configured If a wireless network is used verify that the printer is in range of the host computer or wireless access point and there is no electronic interference Have the network administrator verify that the device is using the correct SSID and wireless security protocols For more network troubleshooting information consult the Lexmark Network Setup Guide Step Questions actions Yes No If the device is physically connected to the network verify that the ethernet cable is properly connected on both ends Is the cable prop
119. V 6 GND 7 HD5V 8 GND 9 HD5V 10 GND 11 HD3V 12 SO M 13 SCK M 14 STROBE M 15 DATA_MO 16 DATA_M1 171 DATA_M2 18 DATA_M3 19 HSYNC M 20 LOAD_M 21 GND 22 CLOCK N M 23 CLOCK P M 24 GND 5 20 Service Manual Printhead controller board 5041 030 Connector Connects to Pin no Signal CN4 Black printhead HD5V GND HD5V GND HD5V GND HD5V GND OO CO NI D o AJOJN HD5V E o GND HD3V N SO K A wo SCK K En AB STROBE K E C1 DATA KO A Oo DATA K1 171 DATA K2 E DATA_K3 E o HSYNC K N o LOAD K ine me GND N N CLOCK N K MN C5 CLOCK P K D ER GND CN5 Engine board MBUSY IN SUBRXD SUBTXD MOTOR CLK1 MOTOR CLK 2 MOTOR CLKS3 MOTOR CLK4 GND o o NI o a A oj N HTNB1 A o PEPCNG GND E N THETALED A w PRG_SW zx A LDPRG Locations 5 21 Previous Next Re Go Back 5041 030 Printhead controller board Connector Connects to Pin no Signal CN6 Fuser entry sensor GND FUIN SW LDPRG CN7 Paper exit ow po GND PEX_SW IDPRG Bin full sensors GND STACK_SW 5V
120. V Y Oficio 216 x340 mm 8 5 x 13 4 in gt Y y y Folio 216 x 330 mm 8 5 x 13 in v d Y Statement 140 x 216 mm 5 5 x8 5 in Y d d Tabloid V4 S T d V4 V4 Universal 140 x 210 mm J V4 210 to 297mm 5 5 x 8 3 in up Plain Paper o X 64 to 216 x 356 mm 148 t0432 mm 297mMmMX 85x14 in 148 to 432mm Banner 210 to 297mm x 433 to 12129mm 7 3 4 98 x 191 mm S Envelopes 3 9 x 7 5 in Monarch 9 98 x 226 mm Y Envelope 3 9 x 8 9 in 10 105 x 241 mm V4 Envelope 4 1 x 9 5 in B5 176 x 250 mm V4 Envelope 6 9 x 9 8 in C5 162 x 229 mm V4 Envelope 6 4 x 9 in DL 110 x 220 mm Y Envelope 4 3 x 8 7 in Other 86 x 165 mm V4 Envelope 3 4 x 6 5 in to 216 x 356 mm 8 5 x 14 in Media types Tray1 plain paper card stock labels bond transparencies and envelopes Tray2 plain paper and light card stock up to 344 Manual Feed Slot plain paper card stock labels bond transparencies and envelopes Optional input tray plain paper labels and bond Multi Purpose Feeder plain paper card stock labels bond transparencies and envelopes Paper sizes by options source and output Media guidelines both from user manuals General information 1 7 Previous Next D Go Back Media weights Subsystem Size Type Weight Tray 1 All sizes supported Xerographic Long
121. ad error Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is the ribbon cable connecting CN2 on the printhead Go to step 2 Properly connect controller board to the black LED head securely the ribbon cable connected 2 Replace the ribbon cable Does this fix the problem Problem fixed Go to step 3 3 Replace the cyan LED printhead Does this fix the Problem fixed Replace the problem printhead controller board 113 01 Magenta printhead error Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is the ribbon cable connecting CN3 on the printhead Go to step 2 Properly connect controller board to the black LED head securely the ribbon cable connected 2 Replace the ribbon cable Does this fix the problem Problem fixed Go to step 3 3 Replace the magenta LED printhead Does this fix the Problem fixed Replace the problem printhead controller board 114 01 Yellow printhead error Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is the ribbon cable connecting CN1 on the printhead Go to step 2 Properly connect controller board to the black LED head securely the ribbon cable connected 2 Replace the ribbon cable Does this fix the problem Problem fixed Go to step 3 3 Replace the yellow LED printhead Does this fix the Problem fixed Replace the problem printhead controller board Diagnostic information 2 29 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 121 01 Thermistor 1 error
122. ain options added to or selected with the MFP e Available memory in the MFP Media size media type and tray source e Print Resolution Go Back Note The following special cases that may impact print speeds Vinyl Label Vinyl Label is a customer selectable media type When Vinyl Label is selected print speed is 35ppm Note When using custom size media it is critical that the user define the actual width via the Paper Menu Universal Setup on the op panel for best reliability Processor 800 mhz IBM Power PC processor Memory Standard memory 256 mb Optional memory 256 512 and 1024 MB 1 200 pin x 64 DDR 2 SO DIMMs 1 slot Optional flash 256 mb Paper specifications Paper sizes supported by the printer Optional Multipurpose Paper size Dimensions Tray 1 Tray 2 550 sheet ico p Duplex unit tray A3 297 x 420 mm V4 V4 V4 V4 V4 11 7 in x 16 6in A4 210 x 297 mm 8 3 x 11 7 in d Me d d A5 148 x 210 mm 5 8 x 8 3in Y v di A6 105 x 148 mm ft 4 1 x 5 8 in B4 4 v v v v B5 182 x 257 mm 7 2 x 10 1 in v v Letter 216 x 279 mm 8 5 x 11 in Y Y Y Y Legal 216 x 356 mm 8 5 x14 in Y Y d Y d 1 6 Service Manual 5041 030 Optional Multipurpose Paper size Dimensions Tray 1 Tray 2 550 sheet ae P Duplex unit tray Executive 184 x 267 mm 7 3 x 10 5 in Y Y Y
123. an print the Menu Settings Page or the Event Log Will event log be added Color Trapping Color trapping is an aid to graphics and text When text or graphics appear over other colors a misalignment may allow white paper to show through at the borders of the colors Color trapping increases the amount of color under the upper image so a slight misalignment does not show This affects PCL 5e PCL XL PDF and PostScript printing Increasing the value increases the amount of color remaining beneath the black content in increments of 1 600 of an inch 1 Select Color Trapping from the Configuration menu 2 Select the value or Off The range is 1 to 5 and the default value is 2 Press to increase the value 3 Press Check to accept Tray Insert Message This setting determines how many seconds the panel will display the Tray Insert message after a user has inserted a tray into the printer The values are 1 90 seconds Select Tray Insert Message from the Configuration menu Use the arrows to scroll to the desire value Press Check to accept Touch Back to exit ae el ese SIZE SENSING Automatic size sensing can not be changed on this machine The size sensing menu in the configuration menu is disabled 1 Tray 1 does not have automatic size sensing The size is set by the rotating wheel in the front of Tray 1 Rotate the wheel to the desired size setting 2 The MPF multi purpose feeder also does not support auto
124. anual 5041 030 Theory of Operation 5a coke IR REA ada a a ECC eee RCR RURAL Re Ree eRe dee dw wee 3 24 Punterngirne theory iuiearsrsd cores TERAMO PEGa3A KR ninr raS TIEA EAE sa Rd S PR d 3 24 Electrophotographic Process EP Process essen mtm mace E erer ecd ne 3 24 MFP electrophotographic process basiCS sccis nirso drani oh deaceeeane aaah acca Smt 3 24 Sep T Chage acce PEPPVPEPOIPRPU SET E e60RS bos Sb bane beak PE eeeGas de Arrai 3 25 Berle Ma SL ipa aerate ESI cL deaur du duri d AAD Eh dct unde buic 3 26 Sepo DeveloD ossi eor EPRIPEHRPOET PERPUPPP RI TES P RRPRPTPPRIP Pe ne REERPT REX PEUPLE 3 27 Diep sao Fe onee oai S dae debet do utE aa teas dada addi qain ete d eai behind 3 28 StepAb Second transie sou oosbp si sed bees Gia eR X MRUA S AOG esses DRAN DRE E RE RE 3 29 SIBD S FUSE ace pedes Pons dicen qure Bites V dre uec e Eyes weed dup tP chos did diedup tern ici 3 30 SGPC MAN EMS suaases cd bbb b E rA ERORE E DERE eq i ESE S ada pd 3 31 Paper path COmponeMS cesaroni icbar intear tees areas seen NACE baa Ed bd CR AUR ED d 3 33 Paperi io s yep VE ERR EASeI P QE IPLE pecans DRE RA RARE dq E Sd ERE RES 3 33 Feeding Paper Tomi Tay ad chins deire soe een UFU E obse burger borde baer ebend eas 3 35 Feeding Paper rom ie MPF sscoccdsersasegeateetas PEREEPre4eL4 sect eesareeadag ed 3 36 CG lor theory uua seda turas kddone anda ER DER eee CR AR ther tees RS SR SR dedi Pane d 3 39 Wna SAGE GOO oa o3 bd 30d p RE Sd Edd R SQ PRIN AES DE E ie
125. ard ask the customer if there are any Lexmark E task applications installed A on the machine If there are applications installed and the machine can be accessed by a Web browser connect to the machine via Web browser and export the application and application settings See eSF solutions v backup on page 4 3 Next Warning Observe all ESD precautions while handling electrostatic discharge sensitive parts See Handling ESD sensitive parts on page 4 1 Warning When replacing any one of the following components Go Back Operator panel UICC assembly Controller RIP board Replace only one component at a time Replace the required component and perform a POR before replacing a second component listed above If this procedure is not followed the printer will be rendered inoperable Never replace both of the components listed above without a POR after installing each one or the printer will be rendered inoperable Warning Never install and remove components listed above as a method of troubleshooting components Once a component has been installed in a printer it cannot be used in another printer It must be returned to the manufacturer CAUTION POTENTIAL INJURY There is danger of explosion if a lithium battery is incorrectly replaced Replace it only with the same or an equivalent type of lithium battery Do not recharge disassemble or incinerate a lithium battery Discard used batteries according to the manufacturer
126. ard removal on page 4 29 2 56 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Error code Action Previous 88 xx lt color gt Cartridge e Show Me View Supplies andTell Me More displays additional information A Nearly Low e Replace the specified toner cartridge v Select Continue to clear the message and continue printing f the problem persists replace the system board See Printhead controller board Next removal on page 4 29 88 xx Replace color e Show Me View Supplies andTell Me More displays additional information gt Cartridge e Replace the specified toner cartridge Go Back Select Continue to clear the message and continue printing f the problem persists replace the system board See Printhead controller board removal on page 4 29 Diagnostic information 2 57 Other symptoms Symptom Action You cannot print color Make sure the Color Correction menu item is not set to Black amp White Make sure the color print units are completely installed in the printer Go to Transfer belt up down check on page 2 67 The printer seems slow to print If you set the Paper Type to Transparency or Card Stock the printer increases the fuser temperature and slows printing to improve the print quality After printing on these media the printer requires additional time to cool the fuser after you select another Paper Type setting such as Plain Paper or
127. ation 4 89 5041 030 Previous Duplex unit component removals Duplex clutch removal 1 Remove the duplex unit See Duplex removal on page 4 54 2 Remove the two screws A securing the duplex cover to the duplex unit Go Back 3 Disconnect the duplex clutch harness from the duplex clutch 4 Remove the e clip B that fastens duplex clutch to the carrying shaft 4 90 Service Manual 5041 030 Duplex timing belt removal Previous 1 Remove the duplex unit See Duplex removal on page 4 54 2 Remove the duplex clutch See Duplex clutch removal on page 4 90 3 Remove the timing belts Duplex exit MPF sensor removal Remove the duplex unit See Duplex removal on page 4 54 Go Back Remove the duplex exit MPF sensor actuator Disconnect the sensor harness Pinch the tabs C that secure the sensor to the duplex unit Pme Repair information 4 91 5041 030 MPF clutch removal Previous 1 Remove the duplex unit See Duplex removal on page 4 54 2 Remove the two screws A securing the MPF clutch cover to the duplex unit Go Back B Remove the e clip B securing the clutch to the MPF shaft Remove the MPF shaft C Remove the MPF paper empty lever D Remove the MPF clutch pem 4 92 Service Manual 5041 030 MPF tray assembly removal Previous 1 Open the MPF tray 2 Slide the MPF arm up to the opening on the tray A Go Back
128. attern for the color plane alignment Go to step 4 Go to step 2 printing properly on the transfer belt 2 Did all the colors print on the test pattern Go to step 4 Go to step 3 3 Replace the LED head of the colors that failed to print Problem solved Go to step 4 Did this fix the problem 4 Check CNO01 on the HVPS CN11 on the printhead Go to step 5 Connect the controller and the CN1 4 for proper connections Are cables properly the connected properly 5 Is the Theta sensor cable connected properly Go to step 6 Properly connect connected to CN 8 on the printhead controller board the cable to CN8 and Theta sensor on the printhead controller board and Theta sensor 6 Is the sensor misaligned the sponge blocking the Properly align the Go to step 7 sensor and the cover opening and closing smoothly sensor and reposition the sponge on the theta sensor cover Make sure the cover opens and closes smoothly 7 Replace the theta sensor Does this fix the problem Problem solved Go to step 8 8 Replace the engine controller board Does this fix the Problem solved Go to step 9 problem 9 Replace the HVPS Does this fix the problem Problem solved Contact your second level support 2 34 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 136 xx Temperature humidity sensor error 5041 030 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is CN4 on the engine board securely connected Go to step 2 Connect th
129. ay include Paper changed Select Continue Ignored if no paper in tray For size and type loaded in Source but not changed on paper menu More information the printer will present instructions Ignore This will ignore request and print on paper in tray Cancel Job the printer job can be canceled Incorrect Orientation This error can occur when the printer does not know the actual paper size that is loaded in a tray due to an incorrect paper orientation setting or because tray guides are not in proper location This message is not valid for the manual feeder or tray 5 Additional messages may include More information the printer will present instructions Close Tray Door Diagnostic information 2 49 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Error code Action Close Front Door Close the front door securely Disk Corrupted Reformat The printer has attempted a disk recovery and cannot repair the disk The disk must be formatted to use Warning All files stored on the disk will be lost Held Jobs May Not Be Restored The printer has attempted to restore Held jobs but not all were restored Insert Tray lt x gt Insert tray to clear the message Install Tray lt x gt or Cancel Job Install tray to clear the message Load lt source gt lt custom type name gt Load paper in the indicated source and of the indicated type Additional messages ma
130. be changed Touch Back to return to the Diagnostics menu i Next Serial Number 4 You can view the serial number Go Back Engine Setting 1 16 Warning The engine setting should not be changed without specific instructions from the next level of support Model Name You can view the model name Configuration ID The two configuration IDs are used to communicate information about certain areas of the printer that cannot be determined using hardware sensors The configuration IDs are originally set at the factory when the printer is manufactured However you may need to reset Configuration ID 1 or Configuration ID 2 whenever you replace the system board The IDs consist of eight hexadecimal characters including 0 through 9 and A through F Note When the printer detects a Configuration ID that is not defined or invalid the following occurs The default standard model Configuration ID is used instead Configuration ID is the only function available in DIAGNOSTICS Unless the menu is in DIAGNOSTICS Check Config ID appears To set the configuration ID 1 From the Diagnostics menu navigate to Printer Setup gt Configuration ID Enter the Configuration ID 1 Touch the Configuration ID 2 value to select it and then enter the new Configuration ID 2 Touch Submit to save and validate the new IDs If either ID is invalid then the printer discards the changes and returns to the original IDs If both IDs are valid then the pri
131. blem solved Contact your second level support Waste toner bottle missing service check Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Open the front door and lower the inner Problem solved Go to step 2 photoconductor locking door Tell the customer Pull the toner bottle out and push it back in to that this issue position can occur Close the photoconductor locking unit door Mni ei to Did this fix the problem procedure performed in step 1 2 Clean the waste toner bottle sensor of any debris or Problem solved Go to step 3 toner Did this fix the issue 3 Check the cable connecting the waste toner sensor to Go to step 5 Go to step 4 CN9 on the engine board Is the cable properly connected at both ends 4 Reconnect the cable at both ends Did this fix the Problem solved Go to step 5 problem 5 Check the cable for continuity Is there continuity Go to step 7 Go to step 6 6 Replace the waste toner sensor cable Did this fix the Problem solved Go to step 7 problem 7 Replace the waste toner sensor Did this fix the Problem solved Go to step 8 problem 8 Replace the engine board Did this fix the problem Problem solved Contact your second level of support 2 68 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back Wrong paper size service check tray1 5041 030 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check the size indicator on the front of the tray
132. blem solved Go to step 7 7 Replace the printhead Did this fix the problem Problem solved Go to step 8 8 Replace the printhead controller board Did this fix the Problem solved Contact your problem second level support Transfer belt up down check Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is the transfer belt position sensor actuator jammed or Replace the Go to step 2 broken transfer belt 2 Is the belt position sensor cable connected to the Go to step 3 Properly connect sensor and CN9 on the engine board the cable at both ends 3 Replace the belt position sensor Dld this fix the Problem solved Go to step 4 problem 4 Replace the engine board Did this fix the problem Problem solved Contact your second level support Diagnostic information 2 67 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Unable to print from USB thumb drive service check Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Try a different thumb drive Does that drive work Problem solved Go to step 2 2 Verify that the USB cable is properly connected to the Go to step 4 Go to step 3 UICC card Is it connected 3 Re connect the cable Did this fix the issue Problem solved Go to step 4 4 Check the USB connector for damage Is there Go to step 5 Go to step 6 damage 5 Replace the cable Did this fix the problem Problem solved Go to step 6 6 Replace the UICC Did this fix the issue Pro
133. c gt lt size gt orientation The Change Orientation message is only displayed for Letter and A4 paper sizes This IR allows a user to override the source for the remainder of a job The page will be printed as it is formatted on the paper installed in the tray This may cause clipping No further Change prompts will be posted for the remainder of the current job If the src is MP Feeder Manual Paper or Manual Envelope the string Manual Feeder will be used instead of the src string from the Default Source list If the src is Envelope Feeder Envelope Feeder will be used Additional messages may include Paper changed Select Continue More information the printer will present instructions gnore This will ignore request and print on paper in tray Cancel Job the printer job can be canceled Change lt src gt lt type gt size orientation The Change Orientation message is only displayed for Letter and A4 paper sizes This IR allows a user to override the source for the remainder of a job The page will be printed as it is formatted on the paper installed in the tray This may cause clipping No further Change prompts will be posted for the remainder of the current job If the src is MP Feeder Manual Paper or Manual Envelope the string Manual Feeder will be used instead of the src string from the Default Source list If the src is Envelope Feeder Envelope Feeder will be used Additional messages m
134. ce Manual 5041 030 Printhead controller board removal Previous Warning When replacing any one of the following components A e Printhead controller board v Engine board Next Replace only one component at a time Replace the required component and perform a POR before replacing a second component listed above If this procedure is not followed the printer will be rendered inoperable Never 5 replace both of the components listed above without a POR after installing each one or the printer will be Go Back rendered inoperable Warning Remove the rear cover See Rear cover removal on page 4 5 Remove the top cover See Top cover removal on page 4 12 Remove rear shield See Rear EMI shield removal Not a FRU on page 4 83 Remove the screws securing the top shield ROND 5 Disconnect all the cables from printhead controller board Warning Be careful to avoid damaging the ribbon cables when removing them from the printhead controller board 6 Remove the six screws B fastening the printhead controller board to the frame Repair information 4 29 5041 030 Speaker removal Previous 1 Remove the top cover See Top cover removal on page 4 12 2 Turn the top cover over 3 Remove the two screws A Go Back A 4 Lift the speaker and frame out of the top cover 4 30 Service Manual 5041 030 5 Remove the speaker from the frame A ba Go Back Top EMI shei
135. ce5texe sieqe d gu eq Ed Rag 2 15 221 89 papar alf 26s ep erbe CRPY Y PFPTMPRPPCPPEC D e dione E PP pee Pep E rekiee 2 16 2M paper fiti iads sted oalngdhes mide b du aban ass passt aes Rode ER Ades REC aids 2 17 250 paper jam adesc vdieo S 44RSRRSS ERRS PR ERPIPARCRG PA EGP RE E NARI dense PITEQes 2 18 D pl x unit Service CHECK uisa aaccagoceke Rx paa Iob e nate KORR E eR E eR RR IRR DR ra 2 19 Paper pall Servite Checks ouai dux tines stead 3 ES oda 33 Ru ROCA RU Ad ROC ROW aa RR dau 2 19 Paperteedg unit s rvice CHECK accccstea er tabs ees transh niee RR che ROCA TE OC R KR d 2 22 Expansion paper feeder service check 0 ccc eee e eee eee nn n nnn 2 25 Emor GOJ S 2s6cccccccca ense oeREGS RR KE obo hha EURO E RUNG doR RAN RERBA dore eb GSE 2 26 149 01 Abnonmol SKI MGW iix edd rr pb dUCER RS EE em P coms dae S Rd r tena MR ud 2 26 941 05 Abnormal EEPROM aisi i zu uu rh rr Rr OTRRERR LEER EI AERE NS 2 27 950 xx Service NCVRAM Mismatch 0 0 c cece ee eee eee ee eee eee hm nsnm nnn 2 27 952 xx Service NV Faure usse ul e rrr RR TRES REESE m RE Um esa sll wom 2 27 953 xx Service NVRAM Failure sxxa sux kr RECRORRCACRRORX CROACIE OR ROCA OR NEER KORR OR 2 27 954 xx Service NVRAM FalluIG nuls mr Er eR E hm Rr Sees eS ERE RP Ros 2 27 955 00 Service Code CRC lO6 mx sax s ERRORES AUCK RACK OCKOR RR CE ACRORC ACA CRGA CR DR ae 2 27 S55 xx SENICE System BOG uus 2d aa dedecori 3 aads ERRE ewes kane A SCR UA M La dc 2 27 O57 Xk Ser
136. center Thermostat Thermistor 2 at non driving Thermostat Ss Fuser roller Fuser entry gear Fuser entry detecting lever Fuser motor Paper exit If the sheet is single sided the paper passes the fuser exit sensor and is fed into the standard bin by the exit rolls Diagnostic aids 3 37 5041 030 Duplexing Previous If a page is two sided a signal is sent to the Printer Controller Board once the trailing edge of the paper passes A the Fuser Exit Sensor The leading edge of the paper partially feeds from the Exit Rolls and then reverses direction and feeds into the Duplex Unit This method of re feed is called a Peek a boo v The Duplex Entry Rollers pass the paper down to the Duplex Transport Rollers along the right side of the printer Next Once the paper reaches the bottom the Duplex Exit MPF detection lever senses the leading edge of the media at the Duplex Exit Roller and it engages the Duplex re feed clutch to transport the sheet of paper into the EP paper path Go Back Paper RR OS Paper N Fuser exit roll F mO Paper exit sensor NI MPF Registration roller a Row oS Delivery roll cS td Registration roller Ej AS Duplex entry roller Timing belt ao clutch Timing belt Transfer roll Paper Lower duplex transport rol
137. cteristics The following paper characteristics affect print quality and reliability Consider these characteristics when evaluating new paper stock For detailed information see the Card Stock amp Label Guide available on the Lexmark Web site at http support lexmark com Weight The printer can automatically feed paper weights from 60 to 220 g m 16 to 58 Ib bond grain long Paper lighter than 60 g m 16 Ib might not be stiff enough to feed properly causing jams For best performance use 75 g m 24 Ib bond grain long paper To use paper smaller than 182 x 257 mm 7 2 x 10 1 in we recommend 90 g m 24 Ib bond or heavier paper Curl Curl is the tendency of media to curve at its edges Excessive curl can cause paper feeding problems Curl can occur after the paper passes through the printer where it is exposed to high temperatures Storing paper unwrapped in hot humid cold and dry conditions even in the trays can contribute to paper curling prior to printing and can cause feeding problems Smoothness The degree of smoothness of paper directly affects print quality If the paper is too rough the toner does not fuse to the paper properly resulting in poor print quality If the paper is too smooth it can cause paper feeding or print quality issues Smoothness needs to be between 100 and 300 Sheffield points however smoothness between 150 and 250 Sheffield points produces the best print quality General information 1
138. d 3 39 Whati CMYK Color esoerib ese ro pe RERUETAq EEG PRESE Got ee Re RR RE eee Eig 3 39 How is color specified in a document to be printed 0 2 0 eee 3 39 How does the printer know what color to print 0 0 0 eee ee 3 39 Should use PostScript or PCL emulation What settings produce the best color 3 39 Why doesn t the printed color match the color see on the computer screen 3 39 The printed page appears tinted Can adjust the color lllllllesseslsssn 3 39 My color transparencies seem dark when they are projected Is there anything can do to improve the COG I T A qian qo dos dere Canoe wugUn ee itor p ana aes pe Sopas eee dp e cuc p rib dna 3 40 Whats mahual Color cComesiOn ousssocqrheSserbXP eG TRE ET ESAE PP EG AEQ PAR uS 3 40 How can match a particular color such as a corporate logo e eee eee eee 3 41 What are detailed Color Samples and how do access them nananana nnana annann 3 41 napa IDIOT PUOI iosaidend bou e rond PES ERR DIR Pt TES FUEL HR EAR EA EH dca 4 1 Handling ESD sensitive parts xax icsux sek RR EGRE e E OR renik ninii Rene Rede OO RR RR 4 1 RIP board operator panel replacement eseeeeeeeee n n nn nnn 4 2 Printhead controller board engine board replacement eese 4 2 eosrF solgons BSRUD os iic ies od oe dub ecadat e sctidclr e plo dabo piu deeds dunes ben aded 4 3 Removal pro edures idis Ras xarb uade dada RE DR EAR RR E
139. e The paperfeed unit does not need to be removed for this procedure Remove the rear cover Remove the top cover Remove the rear EMI shield pw 4 86 Service Manual Previous A ha Go Back 5041 030 4 Disconnect the cable A from the paper feed motor Previous A ha Go Back B A 5 Remove the two screws B securing the paper feed motor to the paper feed unit Repair information 4 87 5041 030 HVPS removal 1 Remove the rear cover See Rear cover removal on page 4 5 2 Remove the top cover See Top cover removal on page 4 12 3 Remove rear shield See Rear EMI shield removal Not a FRU on page 4 83 4 Remove three screws A attaching the HVU to the frame Note The upper left screw is different than the other two 4 88 Service Manual Previous A ha Go Back 5041 030 6 Disconnect the power cable C from the HVU Previous A D Go Back Waste toner sensor removal 1 Remove the rear fan See Rear fan removal on page 4 79 2 Depress the tabs A securing the waste toner sensor to the frame and push the sensor in After the sensor is detached pull it out of the frame A B 3 Disconnect the waste toner sensor cable B from the sensor Installation note Using a small flatolade screwdriver gently press the actuator of the waste toner towards the front of the print engine while reinstalling the waste toner sensor Repair inform
140. e cable securely 2 Replace the humidity sensor cable Does this fix the Problem solved Go to step 3 problem 3 Replace the temperature humidity sensor Does this fix Problem solved Replace the the problem printhead controller board 140 Drive motor error Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Are CN 17 18 19 and 20 on the engine controller Go to step 2 Connect the board properly connected cables to the board 2 Are the cables properly connected to the drive motors Go to step 3 Connect the cables to the motors 3 Replace the engine controller board Did this fix the Problem solved Go to step 4 issue 4 Replace the defective supply item Did this fix the Problem solved Replace the drive problem motor for the affected color 149 01 Fuser paper exit motor error Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is the fuser paper exit motor cable properly connected Go to step 2 Connect the to the motor and CN16 on the engine board cables at both ends 2 Check the cable for continuity Is there continuity Go to step 3 Replace the fuser paper exit motor cable 3 Replace the paper exit fuser motor Did this fix the Problem solved Go to step 4 problem 4 Replace the engine board Did this fix the problem Problem solved Go to step 5 5 Replace the printhead controller board Did this fix the Problem solved Contact your issue second level support
141. e RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 51 Defective Flash Select Continue to clear the message and continue printing Install different flash memory before downloading any resources to flash If this does not fix the problem replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 52 Flash Full Select Continue to clear the message and continue printing Note Downloaded fonts and macros not previously stored in flash memory are deleted Delete fonts macros and other data stored in flash memory Install a larger capacity flash memory card If this does not fix the problem replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 53 Unformatted Flash Select Continue to clear the message and continue printing Format the flash memory before storing any resources on it If the error message remains replace the flash memory If this does not fix the problem replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 Diagnostic information 2 53 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Error code Action 54 Serial option lt x gt error Make sure the serial link is set up correctly and the appropriate cable is in use Make sure the serial interface parameters protocol baud parity and data bits are set correctly on the printer and host computer Select Continue to clear the message and continue printing The job may not print correctly POR t
142. e customer aware that the applications and their setting could not be saved Note There is a size limit on the export file 128kb Because of this it is recommended that you don t use the global backup found in Settings gt Import Export gt Export Shortcuts File Export Settings File Export Embedded Solutions Settings File and Export Security Setups File Customers with a large number of applications or settings may exceed the file size limit and have information truncated in the exported file Repair information 4 3 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Removal procedures or electronic board or assembly for personal safety and to prevent damage to the printer Disconnect any connections between the printer and PCs peripherals CAUTION AN Remove the power cord from the electrical outlet before you connect or disconnect any cable Arrangement of removals in this chapter The removals in this chapter are arranged by area of printer The areas are as follows Cover removals on page 4 5 Top removals on page 4 19 Front removals on page 4 32 Left side removals on page 4 37 Right side removals on page 4 52 Rear removals on page 4 61 In addition to the sections the duplex unit and paperfeed unit sub component removals have their own sections They are Duplex unit component removals on page 4 90 Paperfeed unit component removals on page 4 95
143. e from the controller board 3 Remove the three screws A securing the bracket to the rear frame 4 Remove the gear and belt Repair information 4 123 5041 030 5 Remove the two screws B securing the stepper motor to the bracket Previus Go Back Tray lift motor removal 1 Remove the rear cover 2 Disconnect the tray lift cable from the tray lift motor 3 Remove the three screws A securing the tray lift motor to the frame 4 124 Service Manual 5041 030 Option door inter lock switch removal Previous 1 Remove the rear cover 2 Disconnect the interlock cable from the interlock switch 3 Remove the one screw A securing the bracket to the frame Go Back 4 Remove the one screw B securing the interlock switch to the bracket Repair information 4 125 5041 030 Paper feed clutch removal Previous 1 Remove the screw A securing the right front cover Go Back Remove the screw B securing the right rear cover Remove the screw C securing the right rear switch cover Remove the two screws D securing the vertical transport guide rail Remove the vertical transport cover Remove the two screws E securing the right middle cover Remove the screw F securing the vertical transport guide plate NOURYON 4 126 Service Manual 5041 030 8 Remove the two screws G securing the rear cover to the option feeder 9 Remove the left and right
144. e printhead controller board and Go to step 2 Properly connect CNO1 on the HVPS for proper connectivity Are the the connections connection properly connected 2 Check the HVPS printhead controller cable for Go to step 4 Go to strep 3 continuity Is there continuity 3 Replace the HVPS printhead controller cable Does Problem solved Go to step 4 this resolve the problem 4 Replace the printhead controller board Does this Problem solved Go to step 5 resolve the issue 5 Replace the HVPS Does this resolve the issue Problem solved Contact your second level support 2 32 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 132 00 Density sensor error Previous Step Action and questions Yes No A 1 Is the density sensor cleaner stuck in place Go to step 2 Release the j cleaner Replace Next if damaged 2 Is the cable connecting the density sensor to CN14 on Go to step 3 Securely connect 13 the printhead controller board connected securely on the cable Go Back both ends 3 Check the density sensor cable for continuity Is there Go to step 4 Replace the continuity density sensor cable 4 Replace the density sensor Does this fix the problem Problem solved Replace the printhead controller board Diagnostic information 2 33 5041 030 132 xx Abnormal theta sensor Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is the reference p
145. e problem Problem resolved Go to step 3 3 Check the cables for continuity Is there continuity Go to step 5 Go to step 4 4 Replace the cables Did this fix the issue Problem resolved Go to step 5 5 Check pins 1 3 and 7 on CNO3 on the LVPS for 5V Go to step 7 Go to step 6 and pins 5 and 9 for 24V Are the voltages correct 6 Replace the LVPS Did this fix the problem Problem resolved Go to step 7 7 Replace the engine board Does this fix the issue Problem resolved Go to step 8 8 Replace the printhead controller board Did this fix the Problem resolved Contact your issue second level of support Diagnostic information 2 45 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 941 03 CPU error problem Step Action and questions Yes No 1 POR the printer Problem resolved Go to step 2 Does the problem go away 2 Replace the printhead controller Does this fix the Problem resolved Go to step 3 3 Replace the RIP board Did this fix the issue Problem resolved Contact your second level support 941 04 MDC controller error See 941 02 MDC error 941 05 EEPROM error Step Action and questions Yes No 1 POR the printer a few times Did this fix the issue Problem Go to step 2 resolved 2 Replace the printhead controller Does this fix the Problem resolved Go to step 3 problem 3 Replace the RIP board Did this fix the issue Proble
146. e screen is displayed Diagnostic information 2 3 5041 030 Print quality issues Note This symptom may require replacement of one or more CRUs Customer Replaceable Units designated as supplies or maintenance items which are the responsibility of the customer With the customer s permission you may need to install a developer toner cartridge or photoconductor unit Service tip Before troubleshooting any print quality problems do the following 1 Print a menu settings page and then check the life status of all supplies Any supplies that are low should be replaced 2 On the menu page make sure the following is set to the default level Color Correction Set to Auto Print Resolution Set to 1200 dpi print quality problems should be checked at different resolution settings Toner Darkness Set to 4 default Color Saver Set to OFF RGB Brightness RGB Contrast RGB Saturation Set to 0 Color Balance Touch Reset Defaults to zero out all colors Check the paper type texture and weight settings against what is loaded in the printer Inspect the transfer module transfer belt and transfer roll for damage Replace if damaged Inspect the imaging units and toner cartridges for damage Replace if damaged If paper other than 20lb plain letter A4 paper is being used load 20lb plain letter A4 and print the Print Quality pages to see if the problem remains Use Tray 1 to test print quality problems
147. e the printhead controller board Printhead controller board removal on page 4 29 3 Remove the three screws A securing the board stay to the printer frame v Next D Go Back 4 Remove the five screws B securing the head pin plate to the printer frame Repair information 4 75 5041 030 5 Remove the ten screws C securing the top support rail not a FRU to the top frame Previous Go Back 6 Remove the four printhead assemblies See LED assembly removal on page 4 20 4 76 Service Manual 5041 030 7 Remove the twelve screws D securing the top frame to the printer Previus Go Back 8 Remove the four screws E securing the plastic body back to the left and right printer frames Repair information 4 77 5041 030 9 Remove the screws F securing the toner sensors to the top frame Brevibus Go Back Transfer belt motor removal 1 Remove the HVPS 2 Disconnect the motor harness A from the transfer belt 3 Remove the two screws B securing the motor to the frame 4 78 Service Manual 5041 030 Temperature and humidity sensor removal Previous 1 Remove the rear cover 2 Disconnect the sensor cable A from the sensor Go Back A B 3 Remove the screw B securing the sensor to the printer frame Rear fan removal 1 Remove the high volt power supply See HVPS removal on page 4 88 2 Remove the three screws A securing the fan mounting duc
148. ed 2 16 Service Manual Previous A ha Go Back 5041 030 24x paper jam Previous Jam in tray 1 1 Open the right cover and pull any jammed pages out Go Back 2 Open Tray 1 and pull the jammed pages up and out 3 Close Tray 1 4 Press Continue jam cleared Diagnostic information 2 17 5041 030 Jam in the optional trays 1 Open the side affected tray s access door and remove the jammed pages Note Make sure all paper fragments are removed 2 Open the affected tray and remove the jammed pages 3 Close the tray 4 Press Continue jam cleared 250 paper jam 1 Remove the jammed pages from the multipurpose feeder 2 Load paper into the multipurpose feeder 3 Press Continue jam cleared 2 18 Service Manual Previous Go Back Duplex unit service check 5041 030 FRU Action 1 Feed roller belts Check for wear or damage to the feed roller belts Replace as necessary 2 Duplex clutch Check the clutch cable for proper connection to CN13 on the engine board If it is properly connected replace the clutch If this doesn t fix the problem replace the engine board 3 Duplex solenoid Check for proper operation of the solenoid and linkage Replace as necessary Check the solenoid cable for proper connection to CN10 on the engine board If it is properly connected replace the solenoid If this doesn t fix the problem replace the en
149. ed the Top EMI sheild removal on page 4 31 Service Manual Previous A D Go Back 5041 030 Conventions Note A note provides additional information Warning A warning identifies something that might damage the product hardware or software There are several types of caution statements CAUTION A caution identifies something that might cause a servicer harm CAUTION This type of caution indicates there is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the product where you are working Unplug the product before you begin or use caution if the product must receive power in order to perform the task CAUTION This type of caution indicates a hot surface CAUTION This type of caution indicates a tipping hazard gt gt EP D Conventions XVii Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 xviii Service Manual Previous A D Go Back 5041 030 Notices and safety information Previous This device is a LED printer The laser safety information does not apply to this device Next Go Back Notices and safety information xix 5041 030 XX Service Manual Previous A D Go Back 5041 030 1 General information Previous The Lexmark C925 5041 030 is a network capable LED color printer that uses electrophotographic technology to deliver high quality images presentation graphics line art and text It
150. ed unit does not need to be removed from the printer 1 Open the right cover door 2 Pull the cassette guide down 3 Place a flatbed screwdriver under the right side of the actuator using it as a lever to pull the actuator shaft out of the cassette guide 4 102 Service Manual 5041 030 Static discharge brush removal Previous 1 Remove the paperfeed unit See Paper feed unit removal on page 4 59 2 Remove the six screws A that secure the discharge brush plate to the paperfeed unit Go Back Torque limiter removal 1 Remove the separator roll See Separator roll removal on page 4 106 2 Remove the torque limiter Upper and lower registration springs removal 1 Remove the paperfeed unit See Paper feed unit removal on page 4 59 2 Remove the clutches on the paperfeed unit See Paperfeed unit clutch removal on page 4 101 3 Separate the two paperfeed units See Separating the MPF tray and main tray paperfeed units on page 4 95 Repair information 4 103 5041 030 4 Remove the registration gears A Previous Ad Go Back UJ A 5 Remove the e clips B 6 Remove the registration bushings C 7 Remove the registration springs D 4 104 Service Manual 5041 030 Previous Paperfeed maintenance kit removals Pick roll removal 1 Remove the paperfeed unit See Paper feed unit removal on page 4 59 2 Depress the tab A and remove the PE sensor actuator
151. eer eee eee eee ee eeee 7 40 300k paperfeed maintenance kit 40X6372 7 40 4 3 Touchscreen display 40X7116 7 5 40X1104 Photo interuptor eee ere eee ee eee eee eee eee 7 7 40X1173 Horizontal sensor paper level eee rere eee ee 7 33 40X5984 Low voltage power supply 220V 7 21 40X6224 Stand base foot ere eer rr eee eee eee eee 7 33 40X6227 Drive roller 7 33 40X6248 Rear option cover 7 33 40X6249 Rear connector cover rrr rr eer rr rr eee re eee eee eee ee 7 33 40X6250 Left option cover rr rere err ee ee ee eee ee eee ee 7 33 40X6251 Right front option cover 7 33 40X6252 Right rear option cover 7 33 40X6253 Right middle option cover 7 33 40X6254 Right switch cover 7 33 40X6255 Upper front option cover
152. entive maintenance Previous This chapter describes procedures for printer preventive maintenance Follow these recommendations to help prevent problems and maintain optimum performance v Next Safety inspection guide ban Go Back The purpose of this inspection guide is to aid you in identifying unsafe conditions If any unsafe conditions exist find out how serious the hazard could be and if you can continue before you correct the hazard Check the following items Damaged missing or altered parts especially in the area of the On Off switch and the power supply Damaged missing or altered covers especially in the area of the top cover and the power supply cover Possible safety exposure from any non Lexmark attachments Lubrication specifications Lubricate only when parts are replaced or as needed not on a scheduled basis Use of lubricants other than those specified can cause premature failure Some unauthorized lubricants may chemically attack polycarbonate parts Use IBM no 10 oil P N 1280443 Approved equivalents Mobil DTE27 Shell Tellus 100 Fuchs Renolin MR30 IBM no 23 grease Approved equivalent Shell Darina 1 and grease P N 99A0394 to lubricate appropriate areas Use Nyogel type 774 to lubricate the Fuser Drive Assembly and Nyogel 744 to lubricate the ITU and Cartridge Drive assemblies Preventive maintenance 6 1 5041 030 Scheduled maintenance There are two maintenance kits available for the C925 printer
153. er The resistance should measure 192 ohms If the clutch shows a significantly higher reading replace the clutch If you replace the paperfeed or transport clutches and the problem remains replace the engine board If replacing the registration clutch and the problem remains replace the printer controller board Diagnostic information 2 23 Previous A D Go Back 5041 030 MPF service check FRU Action 1 MPF tray paper guides Check the guides to ensure they are not binding Also check the guides to ensure they are correctly adjusted for the paper in the tray 2 MPF roll cover Make sure the MPF roll cover is properly installed and not obstructing the paperpath Check for broken tabs and replace the cover if any tabs are missing 3 MPF roll MPF pad Check for wear or damage to feed rollers and pad Check for dirt on the roll and pad Clean them with a lint free damp cloth 4 MPF clutch Check the MPF clutch cable for proper connection to the clutch and CN 28 on the engine board 5 MPF paper empty lever actuator MPF sensor Make sure the MPF paper empty lever moves smoothly and doesn t bind Replace the lever if it is broken Check the MPF sensor cable for proper connection to the sensor and CN14 on the engine board Also check the cable for continuity 6 Engine board If replacing the MPF clutch and sensor don t resolve and MPF feed issu
154. er and turn it on 61 Defective Disk Select Continue to clear the message and continue printing Install a different hard disk before performing any operations that require a hard disk f this does not fix the problem replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 62 Disk full Select Continue to clear the message and continue processing Any information not previously stored on the hard disk is deleted Delete fonts macros and other data stored on the hard disk Install a larger hard disk f this does not fix the problem replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 63 Unformatted disk Select Continue to clear the message and continue printing Format the disk f the error message remains replace the hard disk f this does not fix the problem replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 64 Unsupported disk Select Continue to clear the message and continue printing format e Format the disk f the error message remains replace the hard disk f this does not fix the problem replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 80 Fuser Near Life Select Continue to clear the message and continue printing Warning e Show Me View Supplies andTell Me More displays additional information Order a replacement fuser When print quality is reduced install the new fuser using the instruction sheet that comes with the rep
155. er and Tray 2 holds about 250 sheets of 20lb paper Pick up Pick roll fixture guide push up mechanism Pick roll MPF Tray Bottom plate Push up spring Release bar Tray 1 does not have automatic size sensing therefore the correct paper size must be set on the paper size wheel located on the front right of the trays see pictures below Diagnostic aids 3 33 5041 030 Tray 2 and optional trays 3 5 Previous Trays 2 through Tray 5 use a motorized lift mechanism to engage the media in the tray with the pickup roller A Tray 1 holds up to150 sheets of 20 Ib paper and the optional Trays 3 5 can hold up to 500 sheets of 20Ib paper Vv Upper limit Next sensor isse Light shield plate ICK TO J P push up mechanism ban Go Back gt Bottom plate Push up plate connected to Paper cassette installation the paper tray lift motor Trays 2 5 do have automatic size sensing and automatically tell the printer the paper size based on the position of the tray guides on the drawer The sensor that detects the paper size is sensitive so positioning the Tray Guides 1 or 2 notches out of position could result in an incorrect paper size reading If any Paper Jams 34 Short paper messages or other paper feed problems occur check the paper size in the tray against the size the printer thinks is loaded You can view the paper size in the Paper Me
156. er fires on the photoconductors and alters the surface charge relative to the planed image for each photoconductor Each photoconductor rotates past its respective developer roll and toner is developed on the surface of each photoconductor The four separate color images are then transferred to the transfer belt on the ITU as it passes under the photoconductors After the image is transferred to the transfer belt the photoconductors are cleaned and recharged The transfer belt carries the four colored image towards the transfer roll Media is picked up from the tray and carried to the transfer roll where the image is transferred from the transfer belt to the media The timing of the paper pick is determined by the speed of the transfer belt The media is carried to the fuser rollers where heat and pressure are applied to the page to permanently bond the toner to the page The fuser rollers push the media into the output bin The transfer unit is cleaned and the process begins again for the next page 3 24 Service Manual 5041 030 Step 1 Charge Previous During the charge step voltage is sent from the high voltage power supply to the charge roller A beside each A of the four photoconductors The charge roller is part of the photoconductor unit V The charge roller A puts a uniform negative charge over the entire surface of the photoconductor to prepare it for the LED Next D Go Back Service tips Ifthe surface of the c
157. er to go through a complete startup cycle and the display to go to Ready If the problems persist leave the new engine board in the machine place the old printhead controller board back in the machine and start it up After the machine startup shut down the machine and install the new printhead controller board After installing the new printhead controller board restart the machine and let it go through the startup cycle mom N After this procedure is completed successfully there is no need to adjust any settings If the above procedure fails you must contact the technical support center for further instructions 4 2 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 eSF solutions backup If a technician needs to replace the RIP board the steps below should be taken to backup the eSF solutions and settings DARON 7 POR the printer into invalid engine code mode See Accessing the service menus on page 3 6 Open a Web browser and navigate to the printer s Web page Navigate to Settings and click the link Navigate to Solutions and click the link Navigate to Embedded Solutions and click the link On the Embedded Solutions page select the apps to be exported by clicking the selection box next to the app Choose Export If the Web page cannot be accessed or an error persists despite trying to boot in Invalid Engine code mode then there is no way to backup the eSF apps The technician needs to make th
158. erly connected Go to step 3 If the network is wireless got to step 3 Go to step 2 Connect the ethernet cable Did this fix the problem Problem resolved Go to step 3 Check the printer s online status under Printers and Faxes on the host computer Delete all print jobs in the print queue Is the printer online and in a Ready state Go to step 5 Go to step 4 Change the printer status to online Did this fix the issue Problem resolved Go to step 5 Does the IP address displayed on the network settings page match the IP address in the port of the drivers using the printer Go to step 10 Go to step 6 Does the LAN use DHCP Note A printer should use a static IP address on a network Go to step 7 Go to step 9 Are the first two segments if the IP address 169 254 Go to step 8 Go to step 9 POR the printer Is the problem resolved Problem resolved Go to step 10 Reset the address on the printer to match the IP address on the driver Did this resolve the issue Problem fixed Go to step 10 10 Have the network admin verify that the printer and PC s IP address have identical subnet addresses Are the subnet addresses the same Go to step 12 Go to step 11 11 Using the subnet address supplied by the network admin assign a unique IP address to the printer Note The printer IP address should match the IP
159. ers to enable or disable the use of Lexmark Embedded Solutions LES applications Key Repeat Initial Delay This setting determines the length of delay before a repeating key starts repeating The default setting is 1 second You can adjust the setting by 25 second increments Key Repeat Rate This setting indicates the number of presses per second for repeating keys The default setting is 15 presses per second Clear Custom Status This setting erases any custom messages the user has created for the Default or Alternate custom messages USB Speed This setting determines the speed at which the USB port reads and writes data from flash drives Auto is the default setting Setting the USB Speed to Full disables the hi speed capabilities of the port USB PnP Use this menu item to toggle between USB 1 0 and 2 0 Automatically Display Error Screens When on the panel automatically displays any existing printer or scanner related IR after the device remains inactive on the Home screen for a length of time equal to the Screen Timeout setting in the Timeouts section of the General Settings Menu Any IR that does appear on the panel will give the user the option of returning to the Home screen without clearing it From the Home screen the user can initiate any other workflow or feature as usual Once the device returns to the Home screen though any existing IR again will appear after the device remains inactive on the Home screen for a length
160. es replace the engine board 2 24 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Expansion paper feeder service check Previous FRU Action A 1 Sensors Check the sensors for dirt Clean if needed Check the actuators for binding Next Check the sensor cables for proper connection to the sensors and interface controller board e Check CN 103 pins 3 6 and 9 for 5V and pins 1 4 and 7 for GND on the option interface board If there are false out of paper errors check CN106 pin 3 for 5V and pin 1 for ground Go Back 2 Tray lift motor Ensure the cable is properly connected to the motor and controller board Replace the motor if needed Replace the interface board 3 Option tray rolls Check the paperfeed rolls for dirt or wear Clean with a damp cloth or replace as needed 4 Option tray clutch Check the clutch cable for proper connection to the clutch and CN 107 on the option interface board 5 Option tray motor Check the option tray motor cable for proper connection to the motor and option interface board 6 Option interface board Are the cables properly connected e Check pins 6 and 7 on CN13 for 24V and pins 8 9 and 11 for ground Replace the option interface board if the correct voltages are present e If tray 3 is having issues ensure that the option interface cable is properly connected to CN120 If trays 4 or 4 are having issues check t
161. escribing the type and color of each object is sent to the printer The color information is passed through color conversion tables that translate the color into the appropriate amounts of cyan magenta yellow and black toner needed to produce the desired color The object information determines the application of color conversion tables For example it is possible to apply one type of color conversion table to text while applying a different color conversion table to photographic images Should I use PostScript or PCL emulation What settings produce the best color The PostScript driver is strongly recommended for best color quality The default settings in the PostScript driver provide the preferred color quality for the majority of printouts Why doesn t the printed color match the color see on the computer screen The color conversion tables used in Auto Color Correction mode generally approximate the colors of a standard computer monitor However because of technology differences that exist between printers and monitors there are many colors that can also be affected by monitor variations and lighting conditions For recommendations on how the printer color sample pages may be useful in solving certain color matching problems see How can match a particular color such as a corporate logo on page 3 41 The printed page appears tinted Can I adjust the color Sometimes a printed page may appear tinted for example everything p
162. esolved Replace the RIP board Did this fix the problem USB port service check 1 Perform a print test to make sure the printer prints correctly Verify that the indicator light is on then print the menu settings by Menu Settings Page from the Reports Menu in the menus PON Be sure the printer USB cable is designed for bidirectional printing Be sure the user s application is set up correctly If the internal print test page prints correctly the user s application printer driver is set up correctly and the USB cable is installed but the printer still fails to print on command from the host computer then replace the controller board 5 Check the USB cable for continuity Diagnostic information 2 61 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 False close door service check Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Open and close the right cover Does the message Problem solved Go to step 2 reset 2 Check the right door release lever Does it operate Go to step 3 Replace the smoothly and is the interlock actuator intact faulty part on the door 3 Is the interlock switch cable properly connected to the Go to step 4 Properly connect interlock switch and CN23 on the engine board the interlock switch cable 4 Replace the interlock switch Did this fix the problem Problem solved Go to step 5 5 Replace the engine board Did this
163. este produto baseia se em testes e aprova es do modelo original e de componentes espec ficos O fabricante n o respons vel pela segunran a no caso de uso de pe as de substitui o n o autorizadas As informa es de seguran a relativas a este produto destinam se a profissionais destes servi os e n o devem ser utilizadas por outras pessoas Risco de choques el ctricos e ferimentos graves durante a desmontagem e manuten o deste produto Os profissionais destes servi os devem estar avisados deste facto e tomar os cuidados necess rios CUIDADO Quando vir este s mbolo existe a poss vel presen a de uma potencial tens o perigosa na zona do produto em que est a trabalhar Antes de come ar desligue o produto da tomada el ctrica ou seja cuidadoso caso o produto tenha de estar ligado corrente el ctrica para realizar a tarefa necess ria Service Manual Informacio de Seguretat A La seguretat d aquest producte es basa en l avaluaci i aprovaci del disseny original i els components especifics El fabricant no es fa responsable de les q estions de 5041 030 Previous A v Next seguretat si s utilitzen peces de recanvi no autoritzades La informaci pel manteniment d aquest producte est orientada exclusivament a professionals i no est destinada Go Back a ning que no ho sigui El risc de xoc el ctric i de danys personals pot augmentar durant el proc s de desmuntatge i de servei d aq
164. ex Identifies the assembly and the item in the diagram For example 3 1 indicates Assembly 3 and item number 1 in the table Part number Identifies the unique number that identifies this FRU Units mach Refers to the number of units actually used in the base machine or product Units option Refers to the number of units in a particular option It does not include the rest of the base machine Units FRU Refers to the number of units packaged together and identified by the part number e NS Not shown in the Asm Index column indicates that the part is procurable but is not pictured in the illustration e PP Parts Packet in the parts description column indicates the part is contained in a parts packet Model information used in the parts catalog Abbreviation Machine type Descripti h used and model p 030 5041 030 SFP w Duplex Parts catalog 7 1 5041 030 Previous Assembly 1 Covert Next 7 2 Service Manual Assembly 1 Cover 1 5041 030 Asm Part Units Units Description index number mach FRU 1 1 40X6126 1 1 Complete Duplex 2 40X6272 1 1 A S link arm spring 3 40X6268 1 1 A S link arm 4 40X6120 1 1 Paper size sensor cable 5 40X6114 1 1 Paper size sensor 6 40X6354 1 1 Sensor frame 7 40X6121 1 1 Tray stop 8 40X6169 1 1 Transfer belt door DS Lock 9 40X6281 1 1 Front logo 10 40X6282 1 1 Right hinge 11 40X6280 1 1 Front cover 12 40X6283 1 1 Left hi
165. fied photoconductor unit using the instruction sheet that comes with the replacement specified photoconductor unit f the problem persists replace the system board See Printhead controller board removal on page 4 29 84 Replace color Photoconductor Replace the specified photoconductor unit using the instruction sheet that comes with the replacement specified photoconductor unit f the problem persists reset the supplies in the supplies menu 84 color PC Unit Missing See Imaging unit photo developer missing service check on page 2 64 84 color PC Unit Nearly low Select Continue to clear the message and continue printing Select more information to get more solutions to the issue Order the specified photoconductor unit When print quality is reduced install the new specified photoconductor unit using the instruction sheet that comes with the replacement specified photoconductor unit Ifthe problem persists replace the printhead controller board See Printhead controller board removal on page 4 29 88 xx color Cartridge Low Show Me View Supplies andTell Me More displays additional information Replace the specified toner cartridge Select Continue to clear the message and continue printing Check CN17 and 18 on the printhead controller board for proper connectivity f the problem persists replace the system board See Printhead controller bo
166. fix the problem Problem solved Contact your second level support Operator panel service check Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Are the LEDs on the operator panel and display Go to step 2 Go to step 3 illuminating 2 Perform button test in the diagnostics menu Did the Problem solved Go to step 3 tests work 3 Check the cable connections on the UICC Go to step 5 Go to step 4 touchscreen and RIP board Are they connected 4 Reconnect the cables Did this fix the issue Problem solved Go to step 5 Reseat the video board to the RIP board Did this fix Problem solved Go to step 6 the issue 6 Check the cables for continuity Is there continuity Go to step 8 Go to step 7 7 Replace the cables Did this fix the issue Problem solved Go to step 8 8 Replace the UICC Did this fix the issue Problem solved Go to step 9 9 If the display is not working replace the display Did Problem solved Go to step 10 this fix the issue 10 Replace the video board Did this fix the issue Problem solved Go to step 11 11 Replace the RIP Did this fix the issue Problem solved Contact your second level support 2 62 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back Insert tray service check 5041 030 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Remove the tray and inspect the tray for any damaged Go to step 2 Go to step 3 or broken parts that would prevent i
167. formation Previous e The safety of this product is based on testing and approvals of the original design and specific components The manufacturer is not responsible for safety in the event of use of unauthorized Vv replacement parts Next The maintenance information for this product has been prepared for use by a professional service person and is not intended to be used by others There may be an increased risk of electric shock and personal injury during disassembly and servicing of Go Back this product Professional service personnel should understand this and take necessary precautions CAUTION When you see this symbol there is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the AN product where you are working Unplug the product before you begin or use caution if the product must receive power in order to perform the task Consignes de s curit e La s curit de ce produit repose sur des tests et des agr ations portant sur sa conception d origine et sur des composants particuliers Le fabricant n assume aucune responsabilit concernant la s curit en cas d utilisation de pi ces de rechange non agr es e Les consignes d entretien et de r paration de ce produit s adressent uniquement un personnel de maintenance qualifi Le d montage et l entretien de ce produit pouvant pr senter certains risques lectriques le personnel d entretien qualifi devra prendre toutes les pr cautions n cessaires ATTENTION Ce symbo
168. formation 4 35 5041 030 Cassette stopper removal Previous 1 Remove the standard and MPF trays 2 Disengage the tabs A securing the cassette stopper to the left side of the printer frame D C B D Go Back p PS eS Scie o c6 oco aa re Q o pe o WAS Hi wa Twist the stopper downward to release the two pawls B Insert a flat blade screwdriver at point C Pull the stopper forward to disengage the stopper from the printer frame Disengage the pawls D by tuning them in the direction indicated by the arrow Push the stopper up at point C to disengage the stopper from the frame 3 4 5 6 7 4 36 Service Manual 5041 030 A D a a TT Previous Left side removals A v ISP option board removal Next CAUTION A Remove the power cord from the electrical outlet before you connect or disconnect any cable Back or electronic board or assembly for personal safety and to prevent damage to the printer Disconnect any connections between the printer and PCs peripherals 1 Remove the ISP access cover 2 Turn the screws on the RIP cage cover counterclockwise to remove them and then pull the RIP w ISP bracket cage cover down 3 Unplug the RIP cage fan from the RIP board Repair information 4 37 5041 030 4 Unplug the ISP cable from the RIP board and remove the ISP and RIP cage cover 4 38 Service Manual Previous A ha Go
169. g papers are not recommended for use with the printer Chemically treated papers used to make copies without carbon paper also known as carbonless papers carbonless copy paper CCP or no carbon required NCR paper Preprinted papers with chemicals that may contaminate the printer Preprinted papers that can be affected by the temperature in the printer fuser Preprinted papers that require a registration the precise print location on the page greater than 0 09 in such as optical character recognition OCR forms In some cases registration can be adjusted with the software application to successfully print on these forms Coated papers erasable bond synthetic papers or thermal papers Rough edged rough or heavily textured surface papers or curled papers Recycled papers that fail EN12281 2002 European Paper having a weight less than 60 g m 16 Ib Multiple part forms or documents Selecting paper Proper paper loading helps prevent jams and ensures trouble free printing To help avoid jams or poor print quality Always use new undamaged paper Before loading paper know the recommended print side of the paper This information is usually indicated on the paper package Do not use paper that has been cut or trimmed by hand Do not mix media sizes weights or types in the same source mixing results in jams Do not use coated papers unless they are specifically designed for electrophotographic printing 1 10 Service Ma
170. gine board 4 Photo interrupter assembly Ensure that the photo interrupter actuators are operating correctly and are in the proper position Paper path service checks Paper is being picked up and carried to the registration roller Paper jams 200 250 24x FRU Action 1 Paper feed cassette If there are misfeeds and jams in the paper feed unit check to see if the corners of the paper in the cassette are curled upward If the corners are curled turn the entire stack of paper over The curling could be due to humidity conditions 2 Paper feed unit rollers Roller clutch Are the rollers dirty or worn Replace as needed If there is a failure to pick and the feed rollers are clean check the roller clutch on the paperfeed unit This check can be performed by turning the paper feed roll in both directions P can be turned in both directions replace the roller clutch 3 Paper feed roller MPF Paper feed rolls MPF Be sure the paper feed rollers are free of dirt and not damaged Be sure the MPF pad is free of dirt and not damaged tray 1 2 3 4 5 MPF pad Replace parts as necessary 4 Gears Be sure the paper feed gears are not damaged 5 Paper feed clutch MPF clutch MPF frame assembly Ensure the clutches are engaging properly Check connector CN 8 Main tray CN 28 MPF on the engine controller board and CN18 on the expansion feeder controller card for
171. hard disk option service check 2 65 HVPS removal 4 88 l initial check 2 2 insert tray service check 2 63 installation environment 2 2 ISP option board removal 4 37 l 2 Service Manual J Jobs On Disk 3 11 L LED assembly removal 4 20 LED print head removal 4 22 left cover removal 4 14 left EMI shield removal 4 40 low volt power supply removal 4 43 lowered print density 2 6 lubrication specifications 6 1 main fan removal 4 44 main switch removal 4 51 maintenance scheduled 6 2 Media guidelines 1 9 media specifications characteristics 1 9 curl 1 9 smoothness 1 9 weight 1 9 recommended types 1 9 unacceptable 1 10 memory 1 6 menus 3 5 messages attendance 2 49 Model Name 3 21 models 1 1 MPF clutch removal 4 92 MPF pad removal 4 110 MPF roll removal 4 108 MPF service check 2 24 N network card option service check 2 65 networking service check 2 60 no print blank page 2 9 O one color missing 2 5 op panel paper exit guide removal 4 23 operator panel indicator light 3 3 3 4 understanding 3 1 operator panel bezel removal 4 7 operator panel removal 4 8 operator panel service check 2 62 option card service check 2 64 Option controller board removal 4 123 Option door inter lock switch removal 4 125 options and features description 1 3 other symptoms 2 58 output bin full sensor actuator removal 4 19 P Panel Menus 3 9 Panel Test 3 16 paper 1 6 Lexmark confidential until announce recommended types
172. harge roller is damaged such as a nick or pit it will cause the charge to be uneven on the photoconductor This will cause a repeating mark on the printed page Check the service manual for the repeating marks table e Ifthe charge roller is severely damaged the surface of the photoconductor will not be charged properly and heavy amounts of toner will be deposited on the photoconductor This will cause the printed page to be saturated with 10096 of each color The imaging basket will need to be replaced sooner Diagnostic aids 3 25 5041 030 Step 2 Expose During the expose step the LED exposes the surface of each photoconductor B and writes an invisible image called a latent image or electrostatic image for each color The LED actually discharges the surface only where the beam hits the photoconductor This creates a difference in charge potential between the exposed area and the rest of the photoconductor surface Service tips e Never touch the surface of the photoconductor with your bare hand The oil from your skin may cause a charge differential on the surface and toner will not stick properly The result would be repeating blotches of voids light print on a page Then the photoconductor will have to be replaced The surface of the photoconductor is coated with an organic substance that makes it sensitive to light Be sure and cover the photoconductor when you are working on the printer so you don t burn it If exposed t
173. he Go to step 4 Problem solved error is replicated Did the error replicate itself 4 Check the ISP connector cable connected to the failed Go to step 6 Go to step 5 card for continuity Is there continuity 5 Replace the connector cable Did this fix the problem Problem solved Go to step 6 6 Replace the ISP card that triggered the error when it Problem solved Go to step 7 was added Did this fix the issue 7 Replace the RIP Did this fix the issue Problem solved Contact your second level support Serial port Run the Serial Wrap Test on page 3 18 Note The Serial Wrap Test is designed to check the serial port hardware by using a wrap plug P N 1329048 and invoking the Serial Post Diagnostic Test The test helps isolate the printer from the serial cable and host computer The test provides failure information on the display for approximately three seconds If the test indicates a problem replace the option card If the problem continues replace the RIP board 2 64 Service Manual Previous A D Go Back 5041 030 Flash options Run a copy of the test page and check to see if the option you are checking is listed The printer does not recognize the option being installed if the option is not listed Be sure the memory card assembly is installed correctly and is not broken or damaged If the Memory card assembly is correctly installed not broken or damaged then run the Flash Test on page 3 20 If the test fail
174. he engine board fan Go Back 8 Remove the op panel paper exit guide See Op panel paper exit guide removal on page 4 23 9 Remove the paper exit guide See Paper exit guide removal on page 4 25 10 Remove the fuser fan from the fuser duct This part does not need to be removed from the machine 11 Remove the black fuser duct This is not a FRU ae Ja 9 mod 12 Disconnect the duplex solenoid cable from CN10 on the engine board 13 Disconnect the cables A from the blade connectors on the interlock switch Repair information 4 65 5041 030 14 Disconnect the fuser paper exit motor cable B Previous Go Back B 15 Remove the two black plastite screws C securing the sub drive cover to the sub drive unit 16 Remove the black plastic sub drive cover 4 66 Service Manual 5041 030 17 Remove the screw D at the bottom of the sub drive unit Previ us A D Go Back D Repair information 4 67 5041 030 19 Remove the screw F at the top of the sub drive unit Note If you are replacing the unit place the ground wire on the new unit 21 Disconnect the fuser entry sensor cable 4 68 Service Manual Previous A D Go Back 5041 030 22 Lift and remove the gear train portion of the sub drive unit out of the printer Previous Go Back Door interlock switch removal 1 Remove the sub drive unit See Sub drive unit removal on
175. he printer If this does not fix the problem replace the PCI card 54 Std Network Software Error Select Continue to clear the message and continue printing The job may not print correctly Program new firmware for the network interface POR the printer If this does not fix the problem replace the PCI card 54 Network lt x gt Software Error 55 Unsupported Option in Slot lt x gt ol 1 Turn the printer off 2 Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet 3 4 Connect the power cord to a properly grounded outlet Turn the printer on Remove the unsupported option If this does not fix the problem replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 56 Standard Parallel Port Disabled Select Continue to clear the message The printer discards any data received through the parallel port Make sure the Parallel Buffer menu item is not set to Disabled If this does not fix the problem replace the PCI card 56 Parallel Port x Disabled Select Continue to clear the message The printer discards any data received through the parallel port Make sure the Parallel Buffer menu item is not set to Disabled If this does not fix the problem replace the PCI card 56 Serial Port x Disabled Select Continue to clear the message The printer discards any data received through the serial port Make sure the Serial Buffer menu item is not set to Disabled If this does not fix the
176. hield Go Back 2 Disconnect all the cables connected to the power supply 3 Remove the three screws A securing the top of power supply to the power supply cage Repair information 4 43 5041 030 4 Remove the three screws B securing the bottom of the power supply to the power supply cage Previous Go Back Main fan removal Remove the HVPS Remove the rear fan See Rear fan removal on page 4 79 Disconnect the engine board fan cable from the engine board Disconnect the main fan cable from CN22 on the engine board Remove the screw A fastening the main fan stay to the left EMI shield ROND 4 44 Service Manual 5041 030 6 Remove the screw B fastening the main fan stay to the rear of the printer frame Previous A D Go Back B 7 Thread the fan cable through the cable stay 8 Lift the fan up and pull the main fan stay away from the printer Repair information 4 45 5041 030 Power supply fan removal Previous Note Fan needs to be mounted with label pointed outwards 1 Remove the left side EMI shield v 2 Remove the fan s wiring harness from the connector A on the shield Note The harness must be routed in this matter when the fan is reinstalled Next ha Go Back B 3 Turn the shield over and remove the four screws B securing the fan to the shield 4 46 Service Manual 5041 030 RIP board removal Previous Note Before replacing the RIP bo
177. hn 2 49 User PIOMPS 62506024400 na toe Cd eR eae we Hae Ss oR HARE Te Ra ed ded EL RC 2 49 User attendance messages 0 99 cece cee eee eee eee eee n nn nnn 2 52 Other symploms oe ceicseesaceeteuetdewns sewers seedeeserceSlececssSu C AR FE RR RES ERR 2 58 ON OFF switch automatically switching to the Off position service check 2 59 Other service COCKS 2 iisnauskkaraemx vddaxerEueTr AE ERG eee ees CAREER cae 2 60 Networking service check ISP install needed Leessseeslseses 2 60 USB port Service Check iiis raa dein de eee teed ess R78 6ea E HRORCOR AURORA ACE LARD Do Kein 2 61 False close door service check 455 iso sienna ee seas ee ae eee ee mee 2 62 Operator panel Service CHECK iua sd accack dace deaace KA Rr eed eee seed veces adele RR 2 62 insent tray Service CHECK auae vasa bbxdoa bea a bd ees aeees 64 IRE AUR A6 eee asad ee 2 63 Paper skew service Cheek uaiadaienssdd ER ricas du hd fameux RM dE REIR REPRE REG E Rd Rd 2 63 Imaging unit photo developer missing service check eese 2 64 Opiom card Service Check ueodga usd ken paid boe eU na qd pXISd i RE dE x EM 2 64 Gal BOE ode ean tii oroe A ee ipeo ERE EERE MEI MPa dp P Ode eps 2 64 FiashOpUDES cionis end Odd pp Peer eI beni Sq E bud asd eg C dtu 2 65 DRAM OpllOns aovreperetre te RR ERU net RH pese de P P PEREEP PIE E a xSP RES 2 65 Pilar disk OBDO oues due ad iscodar is erbpara we eie set E SEU pases ESQ PEERS 2 65
178. ice into diagnostic mode Does the 900 xx error reoccur during startup Go to step 3 Go to step 6 Check all the cables connected to the RIP board for proper connectivity Are the cables properly connected Go to step 5 Go to step 4 Properly connect the cables to the RIP board Restart the device into diagnostic mode Does the 900 xx error reoccur during startup Go to step 5 Go to step 6 Replace the RIP board and restart the device Does this fix the problem Note If an error different from the original 900 xx is displayed consult the service check for that error Problem resolved Go to step 31 Print the following Error log Menu settings page Network settings page Does the 900 xx error reoccur while these pages were printing Go to step 31 Go to step 7 Re attach the communications cable Restart the printer to operating mode Send the printer a print job Does the 900 xx error reoccur Note Before performing this step write down this information about the file being sent to the printer Application used Operating system Driver type File type PCL PostScript XPS etc Go to step 8 Go to step 10 2 42 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Step Action and questions Yes No 8 Restart the printer to operating mode Send a different Go to step
179. ie Verwendung durch einen Wartungsfachmann bestimmt W hrend des Auseinandernehmens und der Wartung des Ger ts besteht ein zus tzliches Risiko eines elektrischen Schlags und k rperlicher Verletzung Das zust ndige Fachpersonal sollte entsprechende VorsichtsmaBnahmen treffen ACHTUNG Dieses Symbol weist auf eine gef hrliche elektrische Spannung hin die in diesem Bereich des Produkts auftreten kann Ziehen Sie vor den Arbeiten am Ger t den Netzstecker des Ger ts bzw arbeiten Sie mit gro er Vorsicht wenn das Produkt f r die Ausf hrung der Arbeiten an den Strom angeschlossen sein mu Go Back Pautas de Seguridad La seguridad de este producto se basa en pruebas y aprobaciones del dise o original y componentes espec ficos El fabricante no es responsable de la seguridad en caso de uso de piezas de repuesto no autorizadas La informaci n sobre el mantenimiento de este producto est dirigida exclusivamente al personal cualificado de mantenimiento Existe mayor riesgo de descarga el ctrica y de da os personales durante el desmontaje y la reparaci n de la m quina El personal cualificado debe ser consciente de este peligro y tomar las precauciones necesarias trabajando es peligroso Antes de empezar desenchufe el equipo o tenga cuidado si para trabajar con l debe conectarlo PRECAUCI N este s mbolo indica que el voltaje de la parte del equipo con la que est Informa es de Seguran a xii A seguran a d
180. ii Notices and safety information eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee xix General information Laana aenneren A QE ACP RE DRE RECRAR ies ARA RASiSds 1 1 Maintenance BpDrOSOD 62244 4000 bb ORE RE Rd REOR ERROR ORARE RUE o ER ARR i o 1 1 Models is ackack kho deca eas E E Rade Ra RC ROC OC ACE dee UR RUN Sod RR URL RU a i CR Bea RR 1 1 Printer configurations ev r 1 2 Options and features iaxxusox xs cian REX Reed eRe ee Oem COCA RR 1 3 Printer specifications 2a ka pesi ackard ka ohh Rd REG eo En AEE ENE eee Face a Erb 1 4 PONWEISPDSCITICAUOIS 46e oe eh ees ERU MERE Va RUE de dab dus dol d edo d A OR Rea Cb UR Ss 1 4 Eliscincal specications sgrios iiras T4 ERE Rner iTXqxa RGmddx axdPaG AGE PEE EESIQEESEAdg RA 1 4 CCl Ue Arbo ROC RR rm obi ee ee RUE de DURAS edo dcl ded do eC bdo 1 4 PGOUSUCS dde bacodu videar sdquia des qe dS os d i quab aA Gid w ati d Bas Qr d AE QUE Edda 1 5 cuni eem PRI 1 5 PEMOMNONCe ices dX Ud ERN dE d accordo aub db on pub op ba bos Aba bod kee 1 6 PIOCOSSOL iii ieee cana Puoiua phase been Edad BUS dor Ree ee eee abi Pb dla dod Rd 1 6 i xs ce RO GRO CR AK CRURA cR OR ee ee NEON AD CR RR 1 6 Paper specifications au isueaaga breue Vaaaa sho aes qa S soa s ERRARE RR ACA NACE UE rd E URL 1 6 Paper sizes supported by the printer 2 0 eee eee eee eee 1 6 Medla ypes cecus pere PORE RRP P ERE e Hp Euer PRIP ERE REF EMuaEPpeeEESS 1 7 MGC WEISS us ad baee me Ed c asqu RE EP P ES Sas Seah Se
181. ing with ESD sensitive parts when cold weather heating is used because low humidity increases static electricity Repair information 4 1 5041 030 RIP board operator panel replacement This procedure should only be followed if both the RIP board and operator panel fail If you only need to replace one of the FRUs follow the startup procedure described in the FRU s removal procedure CAUTION POTENTIAL INJURY There is danger of explosion if a lithium battery is incorrectly replaced Replace it only with the same or an equivalent type of lithium battery Do not recharge disassemble or incinerate a lithium battery Discard used batteries according to the manufacturer s instructions and local regulations Warning If the operator panel and the RIP board are being replaced at the same time replace the parts in this order to avoid damage to the machine 1 Replace the RIP card first Warning Do not replace the new operator panel and RIP card in the machine at the same time 2 After installing the new RIP card and before installing the new operator panel start the printer into diagnostics mode 3 After the printer has completed startup turn off the printer and replace the operator panel Note If the operator panel display has failed the printers startup cycle is complete when the driver motor and fans shut down and the machine is quiet 4 After installing the new operator panel start the printer into diagnostics mode and al
182. ins a set of menus settings and operations which are infrequently required by a user Generally the options made available in this menu group are used to configure a printer for operation See Configuration Menu on page 3 7 for more information Network SE menu While in Network Ports Menu press and hold 9 7 and 6 SE menu From a browser add se to the device IP address for example http 158 183 3 2 se Invalid engine code mode 1 Turn off the printer 2 Press and hold 3 4 and 6 E N G 3 Turn on the printer 4 Release the buttons when the splash screen appears This mode is used if the machine has invalid code and needs the correct code loaded After entering this mode the firmware code can be updated Recovery mode 1 Turn off the printer 2 Press and hold 2 7 and 8 3 Turn on the printer 4 Release the buttons when the splash screen appears This mode will allow the printer to boot from a secondary set of instructions to allow a code flash to the printer Code can only be flashed from a USB drive 3 6 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back Configuration Menu 5041 030 The Configuration menu contains a set of menus settings and operations which are infrequently used by a user Generally the options made available in this menu are used to configure a printer for operation An asterisk in the value list in the following
183. int Color samples from the printer Go Back Press Menu to open the Admin menus Select Settings and press Select Select Quality and press Select Select Color Samples and press Select v Select the Color Conversion table to print and press Select v uu SA By examining Color Samples sets a user can identify the box whose color is the closest to the desired color The color combination labelled on the box can then be used for modifying the color of the object in a software program For more information see the software program Help topics Manual color correction may be necessary to utilize the selected color conversion table for the particular object Selecting which Color Samples set to use for a particular color matching problem depends on the Color Correction setting being used Auto Off or Manual the type of object being printed text graphics or images and how the color of the object is specified in the software program RGB or CMYK combinations When the printer Color Correction setting is set to Off the color is based on the print job information and no color conversion is implemented Note The Color Samples pages are not useful if the software program does not specify colors with RGB or CMYK combinations Additionally certain situations exist in which the software program or the computer operating system adjusts the RGB or CMYK combinati
184. is to prevent the LED assembly from dropping down and damaging the LED unit in the assembly Note Perform a color alignent after installing the new printhead See Color Alignment on page 3 11 Repair information 4 21 5041 030 LED print head removal Previous 1 Remove the LED assembly See LED assembly removal on page 4 20 2 Using a screw driver pull the plastic casing A on the rear of the holder away from the tab on the printhead releasing it from the printhead holder Go Back A 3 Repeat the previous step for the front of the printhead assembly 4 Remove the printhead from the LED assembly 5 Carefully remove the ribbon cable B from the printhead B Note Perform a color alignent after installing the new printhead See Color Alignment on page 3 11 4 22 Service Manual 5041 030 Op panel paper exit guide removal Previous 1 Remove the top cover See Top cover removal on page 4 12 2 Remove the two screws A on the rear Go Back A 3 Remove the two screws B at the front of the printer Repair information 4 23 5041 030 4 Gently pull the lower op panel cover back and lift the op panel guide up Brevibus Go Back j l 4 24 Service Manual Paper exit guide removal Remove the top cover Soh Thread the cable A through the fuser fan duct 5041 030 Remove the op panel paper exit guide See Op panel paper exit guide removal on
185. ix the Problem Go to step 3 issue resolved 3 Check the imaging unit for proper installation Is it Go to step 5 Go to step 4 properly installed 4 Reinstall the imaging units Did this fix the issue Problem Go to step 5 resolved 5 Clean the contacts on the imaging unit and the printer Problem Contact your Did this resolve the issue resolved second level support 2 8 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Black page Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Inspect the contact points for the imaging unit and the Go to step 3 Go to step 2 printer Are they clean and free of debris 2 Clean the contacts Did this fix the issue Problem resolved Go to step 3 3 Check the sub frame for bent springs or contacts Are Replace the sub Go to step 4 the contacts on the sub frame damaged frame 4 Check the HVPS for proper installation Are the screws Go to step 5 Tighten the securing the HVPS to the subframe secure screws 5 Disconnect and reconnect the HVPS cable at the Problem resolved Go to step 6 bottom of the HVPS Did this fix the problem 6 Replace the HVPS Did this fix the problem Problem resolved Contact your second level support No print Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check the paper in the printer for moisture Is the Replace the Go to step 2 paper damp paper with dry paper 2 Check for dewing or moi
186. jammed page return the lever to the proper position 3 Close the right side cover 4 Press Continue jam cleared Diagnostic information 2 13 5041 030 201 paper jam Previous 1 Open the right side cover A 2 Determine where the jam is located and remove it a If the paper is visible under the fuser grasp it on each side and pull it out v Next ha Go Back b If the paper is not visible remove the fuser and remove the jam See fuser removal 3 Remove the jammed paper 4 4 Close the right cover 5 Press Continue jam cleared 203 paper jam 1 Grasp any jammed paper that is visible in the exit bin and gently pull it out c Note Make sure all paper fragments are removed If the page is in the fuser the fuser nip release lever should be lowered After removing the jammed page return the lever to the proper position 2 Press Continue jam cleared 2 14 Service Manual 5041 030 230 paper jam Previous 1 Open the right cover A 2 Lift the duplexing unit mechanism away from the cover v Next Go Back 3 Remove any jammed paper 4 Lower the mechanism 5 Close the right cover 6 Press Continue jam cleared Diagnostic information 2 15 5041 030 231 39 paper jam 1 Open the right cover 2 Lift the duplexing unit mechanism away from the cover 3 Remove any jammed paper 4 Lower the mechanism 5 Close the right cover 6 Press Continue jam clear
187. l Timing belt Duplex MPF sensor actuator Note Once the media reaches the Duplex Exit MPF detection lever it shares the same paper path as the MPF 3 38 Service Manual 5041 030 Color theory Previous What is RGB color A Red green and blue light can be added together in various amounts to produce a large range of colors observed in nature For example red and green can be combined to create yellow Televisions and computer Next monitors create colors in this manner RGB color is a method of describing colors by indicating the amount of red green or blue needed to produce a certain color Go Back What is CMYK color Cyan magenta yellow and black inks or toners can be printed in various amounts to produce a large range of colors observed in nature For example cyan and yellow can be combined to create green Printing presses inkjet printers and color laser printers create colors in this manner CMYK color is a method of describing colors by indicating the amount of cyan magenta yellow and black needed to reproduce a particular color How is color specified in a document to be printed Software programs typically specify document color using RGB or CMYK color combinations Additionally they allow users to modify the color of each object in a document For more information see the software program Help topics How does the printer know what color to print When a user prints a document information d
188. l error messages e Additional information can be found at the following locations Sub error code table Understanding the printer operator panel Service checks Note There may be printer error messages that are not contained in this service manual Call your next level support for assistance 2 2 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Previous POR Power On Reset sequence The following is an example of the events that occur during the POR sequence for the base machine with no paper handling options installed Vv 1 Power the machine on Next 2 Power supply fan rotates 3 Splashscreen with progress bar displayed 5 4 Printer controller initialized Go Back e ROM is checked if there is an error power on is halted e EEPROM checked if there is an error power on is halted e Fuser thermistor checked if there is an error power on is halted 5 LED illuminates 6 RIP initialized e ROM is checked if there is an error power on is halted e Memory checked if there is an error power on is halted 7 Main tray lift motor moves paper up to position 8 Printer condition checked e Check for jams if there is an error power on is halted e Query the toner cartridge and imaging kit if there is an error power on is halted e Check toner load if there is an error power on is halted 9 Check temperature if there is an error power on is halted 10 LED flashes 11 The default hom
189. l theta sensor 2 34 136 xx temperature humidity sensor error 2 35 140 01 main motor error 2 35 146 01 tray 1 error 2 36 149 01 exit motor error 2 35 171 01 fuser fan error 2 38 172 01 power supply unit fan error 2 39 173 01 main unit fan error 2 39 174 01 rear fan error 2 39 900 xx System software error 2 42 941 SDRAM R W error 2 44 941 03 CPU error 2 46 941 04 MCD controller error 2 46 941 05 EEPROM error 2 46 959 xx Service invalid firmware error 2 48 ON OFF switch automatically switching to the Off position 2 59 SIZE SENSING 3 9 skewed print 2 10 speaker removal 4 30 specifications 1 6 acoustics 1 5 clearances 1 4 dimensions 1 4 electrical 1 4 environment 1 5 memory 1 6 performance 1 6 Power specifications 1 4 processor 1 6 stain on back of page 2 10 stains on edge of page 2 10 Static discharge brush removal 4 103 Stepper motor removal 4 123 Sub drive unit removal 4 65 Sub frame unit removal 4 81 symptoms other 2 58 T Temperature and humidity sensor removal 4 79 theory color theory 3 39 theory of operations color theory 3 39 Theta sensor removal 4 49 Toner sensor removal 4 75 tools required 1 11 top cover removal 4 12 Torque limiter removal 4 103 touchscreen removal 4 11 transfer belt CRU removal 4 32 Transfer belt motor removal 4 78 transfer belt position sensor removal 4 33 Transfer belt up down check 2 67 Transfer Roll CRU removal 4 60 Transport sensor removal 4 121 Tray lift motor
190. lacement fuser Note Be sure to reset the fuser count f this does not fix the problem replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 80 Fuser Life Warning Select Continue to clear the message and continue printing e Show Me View Supplies andTell Me More displays additional information Order a replacement fuser When print quality is reduced install the new fuser using the instruction sheet that comes with the replacement fuser Note Be sure to reset the fuser count If this does not fix the problem replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 80 Replace Fuser e Show Me View Supplies andTell Me More displays additional information Replace the fuser See Fuser removal on page 4 52 Note Be sure to reset the fuser count If this does not fix the problem replace the system board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 Diagnostic information 2 55 5041 030 Error code Action 80 Fuser Missing Remove power from the printer before continuing or use caution if the product must be energized during this procedure The heat sink transformer core presents risk of electric shock Test before touching Reinstall the fuser Reseat connectors behind fuser They may get dislodged and not make good contact when the fuser is installed Check the cable connectors for damage at the system board and at the LVPS 82 Replace Waste Toner
191. latent images are developed on each Photoconductor the high voltage power supply sends voltage to A the 1st Transfer Rollers inside the transfer belt unit The charge difference between the developed toner image on the Photoconductor surface and the 1st Transfer Roller causes the images to transfer to the surface of the transfer belt for each color This takes place by a direct Next surface to surface contact between the Photoconductors and the transfer belt Go Back Transfer belt Transfer roller Service tips e Never touch the surface of the transfer belt with your bare hand The oil from your skin will cause a charge differential on the surface and toner will not stick properly The result would be repeating blotches of voids light print on a page Then the transfer belt will have to be replaced e Dontuse solvents or other cleaners to clean the transfer belt surface No matter how careful you are the surface will be compromised causing scratches or a charge differential that will produce a void or light blotch on the printed page Then the transfer belt will need to be replaced 3 28 Service Manual 5041 030 Step 4b Second transfer Once the four planes of color are transferred to the transfer belt from the photoconductors the image is carried towards the transfer roll This transfer roll is mounted on the duplex unit The paper passes between the transfer belt and transfer roll when the image on the belt reaches the sec
192. ld removal 1 Remove the top cover See Top cover removal on page 4 12 2 Remove the seven screws securing the sheild A to the top of the printer There are five screws on the rear and two screws on the front Repair information 4 31 5041 030 Previous Front removals Transfer belt CRU removal 1 Open the front cover Go Back 2 Open the right cover O m 3 Lower the transfer belt door 4 32 Service Manual 5041 030 4 Using the handle A on the transfer belt pull the belt outward until two handles appear on the top of the unit Previous Go Back 5 Use the two handles to pull the unit all the way out Transfer belt position sensor removal 1 Remove the transfer belt 2 Remove the sensor cable from the belt position sensor 3 Press the tabs the fasten the belt position sensor to the printer frame Repair information 4 33 5041 030 Paper size sensor removal Previous This is the paper size sensor for the top MPF tray 1 Remove the standard tray 2 Remove the MPF tray 3 Remove the 15 screws A securing the sensor support frame to the print engine frame Go Back 4 Remove the paper size sensors 4 34 Service Manual 5041 030 Photoconductor lock removal 1 Remove the standard paper tray 2 Remove the two screws A that secure the front metal cover to the printer frame 3 Remove the photoconductor lock Repair in
193. le from the cable holder Previous A D Go Back C 6 Gently pry the right side of the top cover out to release the tabs securing the cover to the printer frame Repair information 4 13 5041 030 T Lift the top cover up and away Left cover removal 1 Remove the rear cover See Rear cover removal on page 4 5 2 Remove the top cover See Top cover removal on page 4 12 3 Remove the rear screw A securing the left cover to the printer frame 4 14 Service Manual Previous A ha Go Back 5041 030 4 Remove the screw B securing the left cover to the left EMI shield F Previous A ha Go Back B C 5 Remove the two screws C securing the left shield to the frame 6 Remove the screw D securing the left cover to the printer frame Repair information 4 15 5041 030 7 Slide the left cover back to release the tabs from the printer frame 8 Pull the left cover away from the frame 4 16 Service Manual Previous A ha Go Back 5041 030 Front door removal Previous Note If you are replacing the front door remove the front logo cover See Front logo cover removal A on page 4 18 v 1 Open the front door Tl 2 Remove the screws A securing the front door hinge to the front door Go Back A 3 Slide the door to the left and pull the front door away from the printer p 2 4 Remove the left door hinge
194. le indique la pr sence d une tension dangereuse dans la partie du produit sur laquelle vous travaillez D branchez le produit avant de commencer ou faites preuve de vigilance si l ex cution de la tache exige que le produit reste sous tension Norme di sicurezza Lasicurezza del prodotto si basa sui test e sull approvazione del progetto originale e dei componenti specifici Il produttore non responsabile per la sicurezza in caso di sostituzione non autorizzata delle parti Leinformazioni riguardanti la manutenzione di questo prodotto sono indirizzate soltanto al personale di assistenza autorizzato Durante lo smontaggio e la manutenzione di questo prodotto il rischio di subire scosse elettriche e danni alla persona piu elevato Il personale di assistenza autorizzato deve quindi adottare le precauzioni necessarie ATTENZIONE Questo simbolo indica la presenza di tensione pericolosa nell area del prodotto Scollegare il prodotto prima di iniziare o usare cautela se il prodotto deve essere alimentato per eseguire l intervento Safety information xi 5041 030 oR a aes i rr Previous Sicherheitshinweise Die Sicherheit dieses Produkts basiert auf Tests und Zulassungen des urspr nglichen Modells und bestimmter Bauteile Bei Verwendung nicht genehmigter Ersatzteile wird vom Hersteller keine v Verantwortung oder Haftung f r die Sicherheit bernommen Next Die Wartungsinformationen f r dieses Produkt sind ausschlieBlich f r d
195. low the printer to go through a complete startup cycle and the display to go to Ready 5 If the problems persist leave the new operator panel in the machine place the old RIP card back in the machine and start it up After the machine startup shut down the machine and install the new RIP card After installing the new RIP card restart the machine and let it go through the startup cycle After this procedure is completed successfully there is no need to adjust any settings If the above procedure fails you must contact the technical support center for further instructions Printhead controller board engine board replacement This procedure should only be followed if both the printhead controller board and engine board are being replaced If you only need to replace one of the FRUs follow the startup procedure described in the FRU s removal procedure Warning If the printhead controller board and the engine board are being replaced at the same time replace the parts in this order to avoid damage to the machine 1 Replace the printhead controller board first Do not replace the printhead controller board and engine board in the machine at the same time After installing the new printhead controller board and before installing the new engine board start the printer After the printer has completed startup turn off the printer and replace the engine board After installing the new engine board start the printer and allow the print
196. ly 9 Paper feed 5041 030 Asm Part Units Units Description index number mach FRU 1 40X6176 1 1 Paperfeed unit 2 40X6193 1 1 Registration sensor cable 3 40X1104 8 1 Photo interuptor 4 40X6189 1 1 Registration sensor actuator spring 5 40X6188 1 1 Registration sensor actuator 6 40X6195 1 1 Static discharge brush 7 40X6581 1 1 Standard registration roller 8 40X6580 1 1 MPF registration roller 9 40X6185 2 1 Registration gear 10 40X6183 1 1 Lower registration spring 11 40X6184 1 1 Upper registration spring 12 40X6179 2 1 Feed roll 13 40X6177 2 1 Feed roll gear 14 40X6178 2 1 Pickup gear 15 40X6180 2 1 Pick roll 16 40X6186 2 1 Separator roll 17 40X6187 2 1 Torque limiter 18 40X6181 2 1 Pickup lever A 19 40X6190 1 1 Registration sensor cable 20 40X6422 1 1 Upper registration spring 21 40X6423 1 1 Lower registration spring 22 40X6191 4 1 Paperfeed clutch 23 40X6194 1 1 Paperfeed clutch cable 24 40X6192 1 1 Paperfeed unit motor 25 40X6367 1 1 Engine paperfeed cable NS 40X6372 1 1 Paperfeed maintenance kit NS 40X7447 1 1 Paper feed screw parts pack Parts catalog 7 19 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Previous ical 1 Electr Assembly 10 Next Go Back 7 20 Service Manual Assembly 10 Electrical 1 5041 030
197. m resolved Contact your second level support 2 46 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 950 00 950 29 EPROM mismatch failure 5041 030 Warning When replacing any of the following components replace only one component at a time or the printer will be rendered inoperable e System board e Flatbed scanner assembly Scanner interface card Replace the required component bring the printer up in Diagnostics mode see Diagnostics mode on page 3 14 and verify that the problem is fixed before performing a POR This error code indicates a mismatch between the operator panel assembly and the system board Step Questions actions Yes No 1 Has the OP panel UICC card been replaced Replace the operator panel Go to step 2 recently assembly with a new and not previously installed UICC card See UICC card removal on page 4 9 2 Has the system board been replaced Replace the system board Go to step 3 recently with a new and not previously installed system board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 3 Turn the printer power off for ten or more Problem solved Go to step 4 seconds Then turn the printer back on POR the printer Is the error gone and can the printer print 4 Clear the NVRAM of the printer Go to step 5 Problem solved 1 Turn the printer power off 2 With the printer off press and hold 6 7 and 8 on the keypad 3 Turn the printer on
198. mage to ESD sensitive parts use the following instructions in addition to all the usual precautions such as turning off power before removing logic boards Keep the ESD sensitive part in its original shipping container a special ESD bag until you are ready to install the part into the machine Make the least possible movements with your body to prevent an increase of static electricity from clothing fibers carpets and furniture Put the ESD wrist strap on your wrist Connect the wrist band to the system ground point This discharges any static electricity in your body to the machine Hold the ESD sensitive part by its edge connector shroud cover do not touch its pins If you are removing a pluggable module use the correct tool Do not place the ESD sensitive part on the machine cover or on a metal table if you need to put down the ESD sensitive part for any reason first put it into its special bag Machine covers and metal tables are electrical grounds They increase the risk of damage because they make a discharge path from your body through the ESD sensitive part Large metal objects can be discharge paths without being grounded Prevent ESD sensitive parts from being accidentally touched by other personnel Install machine covers when you are not working on the machine and do not put unprotected ESD sensitive parts on a table If possible keep all ESD sensitive parts in a grounded metal cabinet case Be extra careful in work
199. matic size sensing The size for the MPF is set in the operator panel menus 3 Trays 2 and higher use automatic size sensing based on the setting of the paper guides in the trays Panel Menus Disabling Panel Menus prohibits users from modifying any setting or executing any operation available in the Ready Menu group Diagnostic aids 3 9 5041 030 PPDS Emulation Previous This appears only if the PPDS interpreter is available A Download Emuls v Next Warning This setting should not be changed without specific instructions from the next level of support t This setting temporarily disables downloaded emulators for troubleshooting purposes All downloaded Go Back emulators are re enabled automatically after two PORs Demo Mode This printer supports a demo mode that is usually used in retail environments to illustrate the features of the printer The printer features are illustrated by demonstration files stored in the RIP firmware flash option or disk option This mode is deactivated by default Factory Defaults The customer can restore either the network settings or the base printer settings to their factory default values When Restore Base is selected non critical base printer NVRAM settings are restored When Restore STD Net is selected all network NVRAM settings are restored to their factory default settings This option is available only on models with an integrated network adapter When Restore LES is selected all n
200. mation using the SE menu e Fwedebugs can also be referred to as LBtrace If FWEdebugs does not appear in the list then look for LBtrace Mulitple LBtrace logs can appear in the list of links referred to in step 2 1 From a Web browser type http printer IP address se and then press Enter 2 Click List Fwedebugs captured during reboots This will provide you a list of the secondary crash codes retrieved from prior reboots Note If there are Fwedebugs listed click Dump Fwedebug log0 Dump Fwedebug logi and Dump Fwedebug log2 Clicking these links will dump the debug logs to the computer Take note of the destination folder where the logs are saved 3 E mail the logs to your next level of support Note Some machine SE menus give you the option of clicking Logs Gzip Compressed If this option is shown in the menu then click it and retrieve the compressed log file Take note of the destination folder where the log file is saved 2 40 Service Manual 5041 030 C Collecting the settings from the menu settings page Previous Note The menu settings page is different for each printer For more information see the User s Guide Your A next level of support will tell you which page they want to see Copying the menu settings page from the Embedded Web Server EWS Next Note Make sure your printer is connected to a network or to a print server 1 From a Web browser type http printer IP address and then press Enter 4 Go Back 2
201. menus indicates the default value Entering Config Menu To enter the Configuration Menu 1 Turn off the printer 2 Press and hold 2 and 6 3 Turn on the printer 4 Hold the buttons until the splash screen appears The following are available from the Configuration Menu Configuration Menu Reset Separator Roll and Pick Assembly Counter See Reset Separator Roll and Pick Assembly Counter on page 3 8 Reset Maintenance Counter See Reset Maintenance Counter on page 3 8 Reset Fuser Counter See Reset Fuser Counter on page 3 8 Reset Transfer Belt Counter See Reset Transfer Belt Counter on page 3 8 Black Only Mode See Black Only Mode on page 3 8 Print Quality Pages See Print Quality Pages on page 3 9 Fuser Speed See Fuser Speed on page 3 9 Reports See Reports on page 3 9 Color Trapping See Color Trapping on page 3 9 Tray Insert Message See Tray Insert Message on page 3 9 SIZE SENSING See SIZE SENSING on page 3 9 Panel Menus See Panel Menus on page 3 9 PPDS Emulation See PPDS Emulation on page 3 10 Download Emuls See Download Emuls on page 3 10 Factory Defaults See Factory Defaults on page 3 10 Energy Conserve See Energy Conserve on page 3 10 Auto Align Adj See Auto Align Adj on page 3 10 Color Alignment See Color Alignment on page 3 11 Paper Prompts
202. ming belt 40X6360 2 22 2222 eee eee ee reer eee eee ee eee 7 35 Timing belt L 40X6237 2 2 2 e eee errr eee eee eee eee ee eee eee eeee 7 37 Toner sensorl 40X6214 7 2 2222 eee errr eee eee eee eee eee eee 7 25 Top cover 40X6279 2 20 errr errr eee eee rrr 7 3 Torque limiter 40X6187 7 19 Torque limiter clutch 40X1080 2 2 eee nn ee en eee eee 7 37 Traditional Chinese font card 40X5971 7 40 Transfer belt 40X6011 oe eee nn ee ee ee eee 23 Transfer belt door DS lock 40X6169 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 7 7 5 Transfer contact plate 40X6149 2 ee enn ee llle elles 7 7 Part number index I 11 5041 030 Transfer roll 40X6012 7 2 2202 errr eee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee ee 77 Transfer roll bushing 40X6143 l l lllllllllel lel lllelll e T7 tray lift motor cable 40X6209 l ll lllllll llle lllllelll e 7 23 Tray pinion gear 40X6221 2 eee ne eee eee 7 29 Tray rack gear 40X6220 e eee nn en ne en ee eee 7 29 Tray stop 40X6121 lt 6 se sese c I dr se tse E Ei ERA IR ERR ER eee se M ARE
203. move the paper exit unit See v 2 Remove the e clip A that fastens the exit unit roll to the paper exit unit Go Back 3 Remove the bushing B Repair information 4 113 5041 030 4 Remove the e clip C securing the drive gear to the shaft 5 Remove the drive gear D from the shaft 4 114 Service Manual Previous A ke Go Back 5041 030 6 Remove the spring washer e clip and bushing E from the shaft Previous A ha Go Back E 7 Release the tabs F that secure the black guide to the exit unit Repair information 4 115 5041 030 8 Open the paper exit unit exposing the rollers Previous Go Back 9 Pull back the tab G to release the roller 4 116 Service Manual 5041 030 10 Remove the screw H that fastens the roller holder to the paper exit unit frame Previous A ha Go Back H 11 Pull the roller holder back and away from the paper exit unit 12 Repeat steps 9 thru 11 for the remaining rollers Repair information 4 117 5041 030 13 Move the paper exit guide roll to the left lift it out of the frame and pull it to the lift releasing it from the paper exit unit 4 118 Service Manual Previous A ke Go Back Option paper feed removals Paper feed roll removal 1 Remove the paper tray from the option paper feed unit 2 Remove the clip A securing the paper feed roll to the shaft C 9
204. mpty message is displayed check the paper out sensor to ensure it is in place Turn the printer on and open the turn guide door Bypass the turn guide door open sensor Block the paper out sensor With the tray empty pull out and insert the cassette Ifthe tray fails to rise check for a dirty paper level sensor or broken casette present actuator With the turn guide door open remove and reinsert the paper tray Ifthe paper feed roll fails to go up when the paper tray is reinserted replace the paper feed unit Ifthe actuator is broken replace the broken actuator fthe actuator is good and the sensor was clean replace the paper level sensor Ifthe tray too full message is displayed clean or replace the sensor 2 22 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 FRU Action Relay sensor Paper feed clutch Bypass the turn guide door open sensor Turn the printer on while holding down the paper relay sensor f the operator panel does not display Paper Jam check for a dirty paper relay sensor If the paper relay sensor is clean or the actuator for the paper relay sensor is broken replace the sensor If the sensors are replaced and problem remains replace the printer controller board Check the clutch cables for proper connection to CN8 on the engine board and CN20 on the printer controller board Check the resistance of the clutch using a multi met
205. n When the printer shuts down the on off power switch will physically move to the off position For more information on how to diagnose and service this event see ON OFF switch automatically switching to the Off position service check on page 2 59 Diagnostic information 2 1 5041 030 Initial check Before you start troubleshooting check the following Installation environment The power supply line voltage is plus or minus 10 of the rated line voltage The machine is securely installed on a level surface in a well ventilated place The room temperature is between 10 and 32 C 50 and 90 F and the relative humidity between 20 and 8096 e Avoid sites generating ammonia gas high temperature high humidity near water faucets kettles humidifiers cold spaces near open flames and dusty areas e Avoid sites exposed to direct sunlight Print paper checks e Use the recommended paper for this printer Paper dampness Make a trial print with paper from a newly opened package and check the result To determine the corrective action necessary to repair a printer look for the following information e Does the POR stop Check the POR Power On Reset sequence e Do you have a symptom rather than an error message add symptom tables list e f you have an error message or user message check the following Error tables 2xx Paper Jams User attendance messages Service checks for individua
206. n A the new paper feed unit See Main tray paper guide removal on page 4 96 and Multi purpose feed tray paper guide removal on page 4 98 v 1 Remove the HVPS See HVPS removal on page 4 88 Next 2 Remove the complete duplex unit See Duplex removal on page 4 54 3 Remove the right link arm A Go Back B A Disconnect the registration clutch harness from connector CN20 on the printhead controller board Disconnect the pick roll separator roll and feed roll clutch cables from connector CN8 on the MDCONT Engine board Disconnect the paper feed unit motor harness from connect or CN16 on the MDCONT Engine board Disconnect the paperfeed units sensors cable from CN12 on the engine board Remove the five screws B securing the paper feed unit to the printer frame opum S Note See Paperfeed unit component removals on page 4 95 for instructions to remove the paperfeed unit sub components Repair information 4 59 5041 030 Transfer Roll CRU removal Previous 1 Open and lower the right side cover duplex unit 2 Turn the transfer roll fasteners to the unlocked position Go Back 4 60 Service Manual Rear removals Drive Unit removal ROND Remove the HVPS See HVPS removal on page 4 88 Remove the plastic drive unit cover Disconnect the drive motor wiring harnesses from the engine board Disconnect the harness from the printhead controller board Remove the three scre
207. ndex number mach FRU 1 40X6578 1 1 MPF roll 2 40X6457 1 2 MPF Maintenance kit 3 40X6412 1 1 MPF separator spring 4 40X6411 1 1 MPF pad holder 5 40X6415 1 1 MPF bottom cover 6 40X6414 1 1 MPF catch 7 40X6141 1 1 Sub tray 8 40X6136 1 1 A S pushing spring 9 40X6137 4 1 Duplex cover roller 10 40X6135 1 1 B S pushing spring 11 40X6134 1 1 Right cover 12 40X6133 1 1 Safety spring 13 40X6127 1 1 Safety switch rod 14 40X6128 2 1 Door lever lock 15 40X6131 1 1 Lever open spring 16 40X6130 1 1 Lever shaft 17 40X6129 1 1 Door lever 18 40X6132 1 1 Lever guide NS 40X6418 1 1 MPF roller bushing NS 40X6499 1 1 Cover 1 screw parts pack Parts catalog 7 9 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Assembly 5 Paper exit Previous Go Back 7 10 Service Manual Assembly 5 Paper exit 5041 030 Asm Part Units Units Description index number mach FRU 1 40X6579 1 1 Paper exit roller 2 40X1104 8 1 Photo interuptor 3 40X6168 1 1 Exit sensor cable 4 40X6167 1 1 Paper exit guide Parts catalog 7 11 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Previous Base 1 Assembly 6 Next Go Back 7 12 Service Manual Assembly 6 Base 1 5041 030 Asm Part Units Units Description index number mach FRU 1 40X6173 1 1 Main unit drive 2 40X6261 1 1 Photo interrupter cable 3 40X1104 8 1 Photo interrupter 4 40X6160 1 1 Sub frame 5 40X6162 1 1 Belt motor 6 40X62
208. ner sensor removal i4 22 tuba kh rh RR EREEKAR RES RES RE RR SENAN 4 89 Duplex unit component removals i i ixi cetacean deena eee ee ee eee RR eee EUR Rn OR 4 90 Duplex clutch removal nis cist ideas a ttR E ah EY ECRIRE LER ARCU da RENEE deed a 4 90 Duplex timing belt removal 5222s i kn hh ORE einama tikanni LR CRCE meee daw anaes 4 91 Duplex exit MPF sensor removal 0 00 cece ee ee eee n nn nn nnn 4 91 MPF clutch removal cc cccccctcacads tieaeeasea eas ee PEEEEPRERETIE ERSPPESGCRPES REPRE 4 92 MPF ray assembly FOniOVEl ci uci doi dod diddck ra dob cadre qud VUE Skanes KR A ER cma MUR RUD E 4 93 Paperfeed unit component removals cece eee eee eee eee hh hh nnn 4 95 Separating the MPF tray and main tray paperfeed units 0 0000 e cece eee eee 4 95 Main tray paper guide removal sc ccccctcnsecscandcee eases E ERES adasia E RAT E RR 3 mem Ro 4 96 Multi purpose feed tray paper guide removal 000 c cece eee eee eens 4 98 Paperteedi unit clutch removal sdsssauasia guess Eu arx A ma 34e R3 eee ee RES cakes 4 101 Registration sensor MPF tray removal eeeeeeeeee nn n nn nnn 4 102 Registration sensor actuator removal ssseeeeeeeee enn 4 102 Static discharge brush removal 4i r os Rx RR ERROR EORR CER KE OGCK KORG ERROR OR weer RR 4 103 Torque limiter reinoval 12 522 ekkekRurR ER RETARRRRRAFa aber doe ieee PRESE RR RE el 4 103 Upper and lower registration springs removal
209. nergy COnSerVe xascskoa cade HR ke KORR CORR Roe eee RRR ERE eee UN LR CR UH A 3 10 Auto Alam Ad iuicsatumes webs ea aora etapa REG Rd cniWa eR Au kW S e ese oi ME M 3 10 Color AlgDIODE uda vade wb ees bkpRATR2ARAd o RA seats SERENE RW Re oboe Rs 3 11 Paper Prombls dduxasdodaiip ne 2 05d AERE AE EQ Gd E P ERU E QA E M Qd ed eam M Xr UD ant 3 11 Envelope PFOmpIS ix kacxoosie Xa va px REQUE IR QT Bre ERR REA MEE RN ad E baud bk dk a 3 11 ACUOD TOU PEOIDpIUS x 2a ex dk do EORR RU Rp sans E Edd ides a EQ bd da Pads das 3 11 Jobs On DISK sc c caaid2d 6 nied bdo dondoaeao eoa orb RR Pep adobe RUD oie o 7e E Roe o bo o 3 11 BIS ERCEUDIIOHUG aiia du dodo da aig dodo grob qd ln Sea ah waren uo ask dU ard d aci dU Mb 3 11 Erase all information on DISKS 0 cache ta stata dak Rara kx Ra TIRAS RG ARRAS FERE R 3 11 Font Sharpening cscs scan sd XXE CER ena saw se eRe Rew OCCAECARE ORE Tea RR RR 3 12 Wipe All SomumngS ci0sidecsicuesie siecle inian EIEIO RR de hae ccna ER d aie oa 3 12 Require Standby inca cibi og E amend CRURA ICK OCA RR eee tenes Ree HERES ERE eae ewe a 3 12 LES Applications iasicsasabazersakd Ead Ey ERR RA sie RR es RR RARE ER EAR HE FUROR R PR bie ba 3 12 Key Repeat Initial Delay 45 452 hobkx hh kERXACARGORERORE ROR ROCK sear eae RR CR ACA eae a ACC 3 12 Key Repco Male jerin pornita icio xb dci Rto Ach a Rn fuus d ssa ood dpa ace quud diua Mt cddd ine 3 12 Clear Custom Status less sucem cux RAE REPRE ELE ERR RA EERIS ERRLANRRP RETE RETE ERE
210. network model printers See Networking service check ISP install needed on page 2 60 Error code 976 Network card x A 976 error code indicates an unrecoverable software error in network card x Verify that network card x is correctly installed and all the IPSP cables are properly connected If you find no problem contact your next level of support before replacing the network card 54 Network x Software error This error displays when the RIP software detects that a network card is installed in slot x on the interconnect board but cannot establish communications with the network card Diagnostic information 2 65 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Power supply Dead machine service check Note Before proceeding make sure that this is not an issue with the display Turn the machine on If the machine s fans and motors start up it could be an issue with the display Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is the power cord connected to the printer and the wall Go to step 3 Go to step 2 outlet 2 Connect the power cord to the printer and wall outlet Problem solved Go to step 3 POR the printer Did it start 3 Try a different power cord Did this fix the problem Problem solved Go to step 4 4 Verify that the voltage to the machine is within Go to step 5 Try a different spec 110v ac 10 220v ac 10 Is the voltage power outlet within spec 5 Verify that
211. ng Print Fonts Unit Custom Types Print Directory Yellow Imaging Custom Names Print Demo Unit Universal Setup Black Imaging Unit Waste Toner Bottle Fuser Transfer Module Maintenance Kit Asset Report Help Print All Guides Color Quality Network Ports Security Settings ae Active NIC Miscellaneous General Settings Md p W Standard Network Security Settings Flash Drive Menu Bh S rs e Gud Standard USB Confidential Print Print Settings rint Defects Guide Parallel x Disk Wiping Menu Map Serial x Security Audit Log Information Guide Set Date and Time Connection Guide ne Moving Guide Supplies Guide Note Help is found on the tips page Diagnostic aids 3 5 5041 030 Accessing the service menus There are different test menus that can be accessed during POR to identify problems with the printer Diagnostics menu Turn off the printer 2 Press and hold 3 and 6 3 Turn on the printer 4 Release the buttons when the splash screen appears The Diagnostics menu group contains the settings and operations used while manufacturing and servicing the printer For more information see Diagnostics mode on page 3 14 Configuration menu Turn off the printer 2 Press and hold 2 and 6 3 Turn on the printer 4 Release the buttons when the splash screen appears The Configuration menu group conta
212. nge 13 40X6285 1 1 Op panel bottom cover 14 40X6122 1 1 Left cover 15 40X6124 1 1 Access cover 16 40X6369 1 1 Option cable 17 40X6125 1 1 Option cover 18 40X6123 1 1 Rear cover 19 40X6279 1 1 Top cover 20 40X7117 1 1 Speaker 21 40X6004 1 1 Op panel paper exit guide 22 40X6417 1 1 Output bin full lever 23 40X6273 1 1 B S link arm spring 24 40X6269 1 1 B S link arm 25 40X6270 1 1 Safety switch spring 26 40X6267 1 1 Release link 27 40X6271 1 1 Release spring NS 40X601 1 1 1 Transfer belt NS 40X6403 1 1 ISP RIP Cover NS 40X6499 1 1 Cover 1 screw parts pack Parts catalog 7 3 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Assembly 2 Cover 2 Previous Go Back 7 4 Service Manual Assembly 2 Cover 2 5041 030 Asm Part Units Units Description index number mach _ FRU 1 40X6379 1 1 Button kit parts pack 2 40X7115 1 1 UICC user interface controller card 3 40X6405 1 1 RIP USB Cable 4 40X6431 1 1 RIP Operator panel cable 5 40X7116 1 1 4 3 Touchscreen display 6 40X6284 1 1 Op panel bezel cover 7 40X6378 1 1 Upper op panel cover NS 40X6549 1 1 USB UICC Cable NS 40X6873 1 1 Cover 2 screw parts pack Parts catalog 7 5 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Assembly 3 Duplex components 1 7 6 Service Manual Previous Next J Go Back Assembly 3 Duplex components 1 5041 030
213. nnn ne eee eee 7 9 MPF catch 40X6414 2 00 e rrr rrr rr rrr rrr rrr rrr eee 7 9 MPF Clutch 40X6410 se kitaua Ru ee mes sess ee ieee este ele Ee ewes ees ewee renee a 7 7 mpf clutch 40X6419 222 eer eee ee eee ee eee eee eee eee ee 7 23 MPF engine board cable 40X6416 7 23 MPF maintenance kit 40X6457 2 2 n nn ne eee eee ee eee 7 9 MPF pad holder 40X6411 2 22 2220 e eee eee ee eee ee eee eee eee eee 7 9 MPF registration roller 40X6580 eer ee eee ee eee 7 19 MPF roll 40X6578 7 9 MPF roller bushing 40X6418 2 eee nnn en een eee 7 9 MPF separator spring 40X6412 2 2 een nn ee eee eee 7 9 MPF Engine board cable 40X6416 2 2 rr reer ree ee eee eee ee 7 7 Multi purpose tray 40X6223 2 2 een nn ee ee eee 7 29 Part number index l 9 5041 030 O Op panel bezel cover 40X6284 25 5 III re 7 5 Op panel bottom cover 40X6285 errr rere rer ee eee eee ee ee ee 7 3 Op panel paper exit guide 40X6004 ee ee eee eee eee eee ee 7 3 Opt tray door closed sensor 40X6234 III 7 37 Opt tray lift motor 4
214. nsport Feed Motor Clutch Engine Board PaperTray rx di emperature Humidity ap Paper Full Sensor error Option ControllerBoard Print Density Sensor Theta Sensor SFP Video Board UICC Board 4 3 Touchscreen Display RIP Board Fuser Thermistor FuserUnit Fuser Heater Heat Roller Fuser Thermistor Thermostat Fuser Thermistor Fuser Heater Press roller Thermostat Fuser Fan freimi ms BeltUnit Transfer Transfer Transfer EV e So g Belt Position Sensor Waste Toner Sensor Drive Unit fase Belt Motor Main Fan LVPS Power Supply Unit Paper Size Sensor bit Multiple Paper Cassette Paper Size Sensor 1biX3 Standard Paper Cassette Power Switch AC Inlet 5041 030 Previous A D Go Back l l l l i l Remaining l Extended Paper eseo Feeder Option l l l Paper Size Sensor 1bitX3 Locations 5 5 5041 030 Printer motors Callout Motor 1 Fuser paper exit Paperfeed Y drive unit M drive unit C drive unit K drive unit NI OO oO AJ WY PO Transfer belt 5 6 Service Manual Previous Next be Go Back Printer boards Reference to wiring and block diagrams goes here RIP board 00000000 1 J 5041 030 Previous A D Go Back JLOCK
215. nt instructions Cancel Job the printer job can be canceled Load Manual custom string If paper loaded is in the manual feeder the job continues If paper is not in the feeder pressing Select indicates to the printer it should search for a source with the proper custom string Additional messages may include More information the printer will present instructions Cancel Job the printer job can be canceled Load Manual size If paper loaded is in the manual feeder the job continues If paper is not in the feeder pressing Select indicates to the printer it should search for a source with the proper size Additional messages may include More information the printer will present instructions Cancel Job the printer job can be canceled 2 50 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Error code Action Load Manual lt type gt lt size gt If paper loaded is in the manual feeder the job continues If paper is not in the feeder pressing Select indicates to the printer it should search for a source with the proper type and size Additional messages may include More information the printer will present instructions Cancel Job the printer job can be canceled Paper Changes Needed This message appears at the beginning of a parkable job A load paper prompt will appear Additional messages may include Prompt for each change Use cur
216. ntact spring 40X6215 7 25 Cover 1 screw parts pack 40X6499 7 3 7 7 7 9 Cover 2 screw parts pack 40X6873 7 5 Cover closed actuator cable 40X7455 7 23 D Density sensor 40X6199 2 ene ere nn eee eee eee eee 7 21 Density sensor cable 40X6201 7 21 Discharge brush plate 40X6277 cll lleellllll llle llle llle 7 7 Door lever 40X6129 2 22 20 e reer e eee eee 7 9 Door lever lock 40X6128 2 2 0 r errr reer re eee eee eee eee eee eee 7 9 Door open switch 40X6166 en nn nn ne eee eee eee 7 15 Drive gear 40X6146 2 20 2222 eee eee eee eee eee eee e TY Drive unit motor 40X6161 7 13 drive unit motor 40X6161 22 eee ee ee eee eee 7 23 Duplex carrying gear 40X6144 2 e rnrn 7 7 Duplex clutch 40X6157 2 2 eee ne ne ne ee eee eee 7 7 Duplex clutch cable 40X6158 eee ee nn ee ene eee eee 7 7 Duplex cover roller 40X6137
217. nter returns to the Diagnostics menu Poh Cal Ref Adj Warning This setting should not be changed without specific instructions from the next level of support Diagnostic aids 3 21 5041 030 Par 1 Strobe Adj Parallel Strobe Adjustment enables you to change the amount of time the strobe is sampled in order to determine if data is available on the parallel port Increasing the value increases the amount of time by 50 ns per increment Decreasing the value decreases the sample time by 50 ns per increment Touch Back to return to the Diagnostics menu REPORTS From this menu you can print the Menu Settings Page or the Event Log EVENT LOG Display Log Display Log shows the message that appeared on the operator panel for each event in the log starting with the most recent Use the touch screen arrows to scroll through the log entries To see more in depth information about each event print the event log using the Print Log menu item Touch Back to return to the EVENT LOG menu Print Log The Print Log menu item prints a detailed report of each event in the log The first page of the event log contains a Printer Information section similar to what is printed on a Menu Setting Page Printed at the top of each page is the model name and serial number to assist in tracking each page of a report to a specific printer The printout of the log contains the following information for each error in the log e Page count when the error occu
218. nu Multipurpose feeder The MFP holds about 50 sheets of 20lb paper and does not have automatic size sensing the size must be set within the Paper Menu 3 34 Service Manual 5041 030 Feeding paper from a tray Previous The printer controller sends a signal to turn on the paper feed clutch the pick roll grabs the top sheet of paper while the separator roll rotates backwards to prevent multiple sheets of paper from feeding The paper moves to the feed roll and is fed into the paper path v Regisration Nast roll OUT Std Registration Transport Clutch roler IN Paper feed motor Go Back Paper feed S clutch a Feed roll Pick roll Paper Separator roll torque limiter Pick roll Feed roll Normal feed OQ c Friction A gt B A Separator roll Torque limiter Multi feed Friction a gt b gt c Diagnostic aids 3 35 5041 030 Feeding paper from the MPF Previous To start the paper feed the printer controller sends a signal to turn on the MPF feed clutch the paper feed motor starts turning to feed the top sheet of paper in the MPF tray one by one Once the duplex exit MPF detection lever senses the leading edge of the media at the duplex exit roller it engages the duplex re feed clutch to transport the sheet of paper into the paper path Duplex transport upper roller uc Duplex clutch ef Paper Go Back X Timing bet_ Paper feed roller MPF feed clutch
219. nual Tools required for service Flat blade screwdrivers various sizes 1 Phillips screwdriver magnetic 2 Phillips screwdriver magnetic 2 Phillips screwdriver magnetic short blade 7 32 inch 5 5 mm open end wrench 7 0 mm nut driver Needlenose pliers Diagonal side cutters Spring hook Feeler gauges Analog or digital multimeter Parallel wrap plug 1319128 Twinax serial debug cable 1381963 Coax serial debug cable 1381964 Flashlight optional Acronyms ac ACM ADF AFE APS ASIC BLDC BOR BUD C COW CDB CMYK CPU CRC CRU CSU CW DBCS dc DIMM DLE DRAM DVM ECC ECM EDO EEPROM ENA EOL Alternating Current Autocompensator Mechanism or paper feed Automatic document feeder Analog front end Automatic Paper Size Application Specific Integrated Circuit Brushless DC Motor Black Only Retract Belt up down Cyan Counter clockwise Command Descriptor Blocks Cyan yellow magenta black Central processing unit Cyclic redundancy check Customer Replaceable Unit Customer Setup Clockwise Double byte character set Direct Current Dual Inline Memory Module Downloadable emulator Dynamic random access memory Digital multimeter Error correcting code Error correction mode Enhanced Data Out Electrical Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory External Network Adapter End of life 5041 030 Previous Next D Go Back General information 1 11 5041 030 EP EPROM ESD FD FRU FU GB
220. o light for too long it will cause light dark print quality problems and have to be replaced 3 26 Service Manual Previous A D Go Back 5041 030 Step 3 Develop Previous Once the laser exposes the photoconductor the high voltage power supply sends charge to the developer A roll C For each color the toner cartridge engages the photoconductor so it is in contact with the surface Because of the charge difference between the toner on the developer roller and the electrostatic image created Vv by the laser the toner will attract to the photoconductor only where the laser exposed the surface Next This process would be similar to using glue to write on a can and then rolling it over glitter The glitter sticks to the glue but won t stick to the rest of the can Go Back Service tips Never touch the surface of the developer roller with your bare hand The oil from your skin may cause a charge differential on the surface and toner will not stick properly The result would be repeating blotches of voids light print on a page Then the affected cartridge will have to be replaced e If the developer roller is damaged it will not contact the surface of the photoconductor properly The result could be repeating marks thin vertical voids or thin vertical lines of color on the printed page Check the surface of the developer for damage Diagnostic aids 3 27 5041 030 Step 4a First transfer Previous When the
221. o see if the option cable is properly connected to CN120 on the tray and CN121 on the tray above it 7 Printer controller board Checkthe option cable in the print engine for proper connection to the printer controller board e Check pins 6 and 7 on CN13 for 24V and pins 8 9 and 11 for ground Replace the printer controller board if needed Diagnostic information 2 25 5041 030 Error codes Note In addition to the 1xx and 9xx error codes this device displays a symptom where the device shuts down repeatedly The main symptom of this error is the switch going to the off position automatically when the device PORs This is due to a fuser and printhead controller abnormality If this symptom is displayed see ON OFF switch automatically switching to the Off position service check on page 2 59 1xx error codes Action 121 01 Abnormal thermistor 1 See 121 01 Thermistor 1 error on page 2 30 121 02 Abnormal thermistor 2 See 121 02 Thermistor 2 error on page 2 30 140 01 Abnormal main motor See 140 Drive motor error on page 2 35 149 01 Abnormal exit motor See 149 01 Fuser paper exit motor error on page 2 35 172 01 Abnormal power supply fan See 172 01 Power supply unit fan error on page 2 39 173 01 Abnormal machine fan See 173 01 Main unit fan error on page 2 39 121 05 Abnormal heater See 121 05 Fuser fuser heater error on page
222. o step 4 Properly connect printhead properly connected to the printhead the ribbon cable controller board and LED printhead on both ends 4 Replace the LED printhead Did this fix the problem Problem resolved Go to step 5 5 Are the contacts on the HVPS clean Go to step 6 Clean the contacts on the HVPS 6 Are the spring contacts on the sub frame damaged Replace the Go to step 7 subframe 7 Replace the HVPS Did this fix the problem Problem Contact your resolved second level support Contaminated background Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check the imaging units and toner supplies to see if Go to step 2 Clean the they are clean Are they clean supplies Replace if needed 2 Check the imaging units for proper connection Are Go to step 3 Reinstall the they installed properly imaging units 3 Replace the HVPS Did this fix the problem Problem resolved Contact your second level support Diagnostic information 2 5 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Lowered print density Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check the paper for moisture Is the paper moist Replace the Go to step 2 paper 2 Check the LED printhead for dirt Is the printhead dirty Go to step 3 Go to step 4 3 Clean the print head with a lint free cloth Did this fix Problem resolved Go to step 4 the problem 4 Replace the LED
223. of time equal to the Screen Timeout setting in the Timeouts section of the General Settings Menu Exit Config Menu Press Select to exit the Configuration menu and reboot the printer 3 12 Service Manual 5041 030 Previous Go Back Diagnostic aids 3 13 5041 030 Diagnostics mode To run the printer diagnostic tests described in this chapter put the printer in Diagnostics mode Entering Diagnostics mode To enter the Diagnostics Mode 1 Turn off the printer 2 Press and hold 3 and 6 3 Turn on the printer 4 Hold the buttons until the splash screen appears Diagnostic mode menus PRINT TESTS See PRINT TESTS on page 3 16 Tray 1 Tray 2 if installed Tray 3 if installed Tray 4 if installed Tray 5 if installed Multi Purpose Feeder Print Quality Pages See Print Quality Pages on page 3 16 3 14 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 HARDWARE TESTS Panel Test See Panel Test on page 3 16 Button Test See Button Test on page 3 17 DRAM Test See DRAM Test on page 3 17 Serial 1 Wrap if installed See Serial Wrap Test on page 3 18 USB HS Test Mode See USB HS Test Mode on page 3 19 INPUT TRAY TESTS if installed Feed Test See Input Tray Tests on page 3 20 DEVICE TESTS if installed Quick Disk Test See Quick Disk Test on page 3 19
224. on rolls out of the paperfeed unit NOUA Repair information 4 107 5041 030 MPF roll removal 1 Remove the MPF arms A from the MPF tray and right cover 2 Lower the MPF tray 3 Remove the MPF roller cover 4 Slide the MPF coupling to the left 4 108 Service Manual Previous A ha Go Back 5041 030 5 Take the MPF shaft out Previous A ha Go Back Repair information 4 109 5041 030 MPF pad removal Previous 1 Remove MPF tray See MPF tray assembly removal on page 4 93 2 Gently pull the right side of the pad holder cover and disconnect it from the mount A Go Back A 3 Gently pull the left side of the pad holder cover and disconnect it from the mount B 4 110 Service Manual 5041 030 4 Remove the right screw C securing the outer pad holder to the MPF unit Previous A ha Go Back C 5 Remove the left screw D securing the outer pad holder to the MPF unit Repair information 4 111 5041 030 6 Pull the outer pad holder away from the machine 7 Carefully lift and remove the pad from the pad holder Note Reuse the spring that was between the pad and pad holder 4 112 Service Manual Previous A D Go Back 5041 030 Exit guide paper exit roll removal Previous Note You will need to remove the drive gear spring and washer on the paper exit roll and place it on the A new paper exit roll 1 Re
225. on standard applications are removed and all framework and standard application settings are reset to factory default settings Energy Conserve When Energy Conserve is on the customer does not have access to disable the Sleep Mode function When Energy Conserve is off Disable appears as an additional menu item in the Sleep Mode menu This setting only affects the values that are displayed in the Sleep Mode menu Auto Align Adj The printer automatically runs a Toner Patch Sensing TPS diagnostic after certain key events Depending on the type of event the results of the diagnostics can trigger either a color adjust calibration or an alignment calibration If necessary the printer will automatically adjust the alignment If Auto Align Adj is set to Off then the diagnostic still runs but the printer will not use the resulting data to automatically adjust alignment This could eventually lead to the user having to adjust alignment manually Therefore Auto Align Adj should not be set to Off during normal printer usage 3 10 Service Manual 5041 030 Color Alignment Note This menu item is not accessible in the Diagnostics menu To perform a color alignment enter the administrative menus when the printer is in Ready state and then navigate to Settings gt Print Settings gt Quality Menu gt Color Adjust The printer will perform a color alignment and then return to Ready state when the procedure is finished Paper Prompts
226. on tray Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check CN 121 on the first expansion paper feeder s Go to step 3 Go to step 2 expansion feeder controller board for proper connectivity Is it properly connected 2 Reconnect the cable to CN 121 Did this fix the Problem Go to step 3 problem resolved 3 Check CN 120 on the second expansion paper Go to step 5 Go to step 4 feeder s expansion feeder controller board for proper connectivity Is it properly connected 4 Reconnect the cable to CN 120 Did this fix the Problem Go to step 5 problem resolved 5 Check CN 103 on the second expansion paper Go to step 7 Go to step 6 feeder s expansion feeder controller board for proper connectivity Is it properly connected 6 Reconnect the cable to CN 103 Did this fix the Problem Go to step 7 problem resolved 7 Replace the paper full sensor Does this fix the Problem Go to step 8 problem resolved 8 Replace the expansion paper feeder controller board Problem Contact you Does this fix the problem resolved second level support Diagnostic information 2 37 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 146 05 Tray 5 error Note This is the third expansion tray Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check CN 121 on the second expansion paper Go to step 3 Go to step 2 feeder s expansion feeder controller board for proper connectivity Is it properly connected
227. ond transfer area The timing of the paper reaching the second transfer area is determined by the registration rolls located in the paperfeed unit The high voltage power supply sends voltage to the transfer roll to create a positive charge Once the image on the transfer belt reaches the transfer roll the negatively charged toner clings to the media and the entire image is transferred from the transfer belt to the media Sheet of paper Second transfer roller Transferred on asheet of paper Transfer belt Service tips e fthe transfer roller has nicks pits or flat spots on it the surface doesn t come into contact with the media and transfer unit properly This will cause voids or light spots on the page or repeating voids light areas because the toner can t be fully transferred due to the charge difference in the areas of damage e Ifthe transfer roller does not engage the transfer unit or does not have voltage coming from the high voltage power supply the toner will not fully transfer from the transfer unit the entire page will be very light or blank Any toner that does transfer will be due to a contact transfer instead of a charge transfer Check the high voltage power supply contacts to the transfer roller Diagnostic aids 3 29 Previous A D Go Back 5041 030 Step 5 Fuse Previous Once the image has been fully transferred to the media the transfer roll helps move the paper into the fuse
228. onform with ISO 9296 A Status 1 meter average sound pressure Declared sound power level V dBA Bels Next Idle Standby 37 dBA 5 4 Simplex printing 53 dBA 6 8 Go Back Duplex printing 54 dBA 7 0 Quiet Mode printing Mono 54 dBA 6 9 Quiet Mode printing Color 54 dBA 6 9 Measurements apply to 300 dpi 600 dpi and 1800 IQ printing Environment Printer Temperature and Humidity Operating Temperature 10 0 to 33 00 C 50 to 91 40 F Relative humidity 8 to 80 Altitude 7546 ft 0 to 2300 meters Atmospheric pressure 767 kPa e Power off Temperature 23 to 104 F 5 to 40 C Relative humidity 8 to 8096 Maximum wet bulb temperature 80 1 F 26 7 C Altitude 7546 ft 0 to 2300 meters Atmospheric pressure 74 6 kPa e Ambient operating environment Temperature 15 6 to 32 20 C 60 to 900 F Relative humidity 8 to 8096 e Storage and shipping packaged printer with or without print cartridge Temperature 40 to 110 F 40 to 43 3 C In some cases performance specifications such as paper OCF EP cartridge usage are measured at an ambient condition General information 1 5 5041 030 Performance Previous The C925 printers support up to 30 ppm Letter and 30 ppm A4 maximum print speeds A Actual performance depends on v Interface to host parallel serial USB or network Next Host system and application gt Complexity and content of the page e Cert
229. ons specified in the program through color management The resulting printed color may not be an exact match of the Color Samples pages What are detailed Color Samples and how do access them Detailed Color Samples sets are available only through the Embedded Web Server of a network printer A detailed Color Samples set contains a range of shades displayed as colored boxes that are similar to a user defined RGBor CMYK value The likeness of the colors in the set are dependent on the value entered in the RGB or CMYK Increment box To access a detailed Color Samples set from the Embedded Web Server Open a Web browser In the address bar type the network printer IP address Click Configuration Click Color Samples Click Detailed Options to narrow the set to one color range When the Detailed Options page appears select a color conversion table Enter the RGB or CMYK color number Enter an Increment value from 1 255 Note The closer the value is to 1 the narrower the color sample range will appear Click Print to print the detailed Color Samples set O SNe PONS Diagnostic aids 3 41 5041 030 Previous Go Back 3 42 Service Manual 5041 030 4 Repair information Previous Warning Read the following before handling electronic parts A v Next Handling ESD sensitive parts Many electronic products use parts that are known to be sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD To prevent Go Back da
230. ops and the final results appear Diagnostic aids 3 17 5041 030 Serial Wrap Test Use this test to check the operation of the Serial Port Hardware using a wrap plug Each signal is tested Note this test is listed only if the serial option ISP card is installed To run the Serial Wrap Test 1 Disconnect the serial interface cable and install the wrap plug 2 From the Diagnostics menu navigate to HARDWARE TESTS gt Serial Wrap Test 3 Select the appropriate Serial Wrap Test from the list Values may include Serial Wrap Serial 1 Wrap Serial 2 Wrap or Serial 3 Wrap Each time the test finishes the screen updates with the result P and F represent the same numbers for DRAM If the test passes the Pass Count increases by 1 However if the test fails one of the following failure messages appears for approximately three seconds and the Fail Count increases by 1 Receive Status Interrupt Error Status Error Receive Data Interrupt Error Transmit Data Interrupt Error Transmit Empty Error Threshold Error Receive Data Ready Error Break Interrupt Error Framing Error Parity Error Overrun Error Data Error Data 232 Error Data 422 Error FIFO Error DSR Error DSR PIO Error DSR Interrupt Error CTS Error CTS PIO Error CTS Interrupt Error Once the maximum count is reached or a failure occurs the test stops Press Stop X to cancel the test 3 18 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041
231. ous Next D Go Back 5041 030 9xx error codes Action 900 xx Unrecoverable RIP software error illegal trap See Steps before starting the 9yy service checks on page 2 40 See 900 xx System software error on page 2 42 910 xx Unrecoverable engine firmware error Turn off printer for 10 seconds and restart If error re occurs replace RIP board 941 01 SDRAM R W error See 941 01 SDRAM R W error on page 2 44 941 02 MDC error See 941 02 MDC error on page 2 44 941 03 CPU error See 941 03 CPU error on page 2 46 941 04 Abnormal MDC controller See 941 04 MDC controller error on page 2 46 941 05 Abnormal EEPROM See 941 05 EEPROM error on page 2 46 950 xx Service NCVRAM Mismatch Note A new controller board or operator panel has been installed and has not been properly prepared for this use Do not install both the controller board and the operator panel at the same time without a POR in between See 950 00 950 29 EPROM mismatch failure on page 2 47 952 xx Service NV Failure Perform a POR to clear the error 953 xx Service NVRAM Failure 954 xx Service NVRAM Failure 955 00 Service Code CRC lt loc gt 956 xx Service System Board 957 xx Service System Board 958 xx Service NAND Failure Replace the RIP board 959 xx Service Invalid Firmware Call the second level support to get
232. oval 4 91 Duplex removal 4 54 Duplex solenoid removal 4 70 Duplex timing belt removal 4 91 Engine board MDCONT removal 4 72 Exit guide paper exit roll removal 4 113 front door removal 4 17 front logo cover removal 4 18 Index l 3 5041 030 Fuser entry sensor removal 4 71 Fuser exit drive unit motor removal 4 73 Fuser Fan removal 4 72 fuser removal 4 52 handle cover removal 4 53 HVPS removal 4 88 ISP option board removal 4 37 LED assembly removal 4 20 LED print head removal 4 22 left cover removal 4 14 left EMI shield removal 4 40 low volt power supply removal 4 43 main fan removal 4 44 main switch removal 4 51 MPF clutch removal 4 92 MPF pad removal 4 110 MPF roll removal 4 108 MPF tray assembly removal 4 93 op cover removal 4 12 op panel paper exit guide removal 4 23 Operator panel bezel removal 4 7 operator panel removal 4 8 Option controller board removal 4 123 Option door inter lock switch removal 4 125 output bin full sensor actuator removal 4 19 Paper empty sensor removal 4 122 paper exit guide removal 4 25 paper exit sensor removal 4 28 Paper feed clutch removal 4 126 Paper feed motor removal 4 86 Paper feed roll removal 4 119 paper feed unit removal 4 59 Paper full sensor removal 4 122 Paper level sensor removal 4 121 paper size sensor removal 4 34 Paper size switch removal 4 82 Paper size switches removal 4 120 Paperfeed roll removal 4 105 Paperfeed unit clutch removal 4 101 Papertray
233. page 4 65 2 Remove the two screws A securing the door interlock switch to the sub drive unit r Repair information 4 69 5041 030 Duplex solenoid removal Previous 1 Remove the sub drive unit See Sub drive unit removal on page 4 65 2 Remove the left screw A securing the solenoid to the sub drive unit Go Back A 3 Remove the right screw B securing the solenoid to the sub drive unit 4 70 Service Manual 5041 030 Fuser entry sensor removal Previous 1 Remove the sub drive unit See Sub drive unit removal on page 4 65 2 Depress the tabs A fastening the fuser entry sensor to the sub drive unit be di Go Back Repair information 4 71 5041 030 Engine board MDCONT removal Warning When replacing any one of the following components e Printhead controller board Engine board Replace only one component at a time Replace the required component and perform a POR before replacing a second component listed above If this procedure is not followed the printer will be rendered inoperable Never replace both of the components listed above without a POR after installing each one or the printer will be rendered inoperable Remove HVPS See HVPS removal on page 4 88 Remove the rear fan See Rear fan removal on page 4 79 Disconnect the fan cable from the engine board Disconnect the cables from the board Se SS 5 Remove the four screws A securing
234. perates Any reference to a product program or service is not intended to state or imply that only that product program or service may be used Any functionally equivalent product program or service that does not infringe any existing intellectual property right may be used instead Evaluation and verification of operation in conjunction with other products programs or services except those expressly designated by the manufacturer are the user s responsibility Lexmark Lexmark with diamond design and MarkNet are trademarks of Lexmark International Inc registered in the United States and or other countries PCL O is a registered trademark of the Hewlett Packard Company All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners 2010 Lexmark International Inc All rights reserved UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RIGHTS This software and any accompanying documentation provided under this agreement are commercial computer software and documentation developed exclusively at private expense P N 12G0473 5041 030 Safety informati n secu RES take es EE qu ERE E REEVERESTIARPSIR EGG EEG caine ee xi Prela ee ee RAEdRV RE REG VERRE MEN A d RR ee ee xiv Navigation DUtlotis scri ciesidac pre err AER AL ERR RR E Roe Ud eee eR eR E ARR E Ee npa E MR RU ii xiv Gharge MSO sid xxr annaa a EERE SR CREA ERR CT RS qd sad b que pad aod e dt ii xv Conventions sed 34 spat ebelbnda ba d 58E LapEd Ea EE TREE Eat Rede Edd d aids a pd dd xv
235. pisi cR wd 5 9 Engine DOAN Le ssoehes s Ru PRI P RARE ESS ENE OE EAR EH ONES Qe eE rr e EREE 5 10 DEN A PE A EEE E E EEAS ESL LES EK L ELATLAR T 5 11 HVPS LebxerReRRERRRP P PRARGUCPRORRERER PP a a a naea ee aE 5 12 Connector Values iua ixi asad cee re eee tees eee EE ORR Re E nE 5 13 Opto feeder locations 422 x 3 L9Xx xau X Rob R ia RE Rode Rm d teed da A tans dA AC Ro QUA dob UA 5 33 Option feeder layout 240 0606 tect mentee GRE OP RURAL AGRO eb Rd eee e iR ed OS 5 33 Option Hoard oyot ass spe anc Es PEpedt eg wed pav Be wiped aa be Mi Rea anaes 5 34 Option board connector valles iux isa d Vas EE ERR RR ERR RE bia R EA d hEr add ba d Rd 5 35 Preventive maintenance L tSrttuiisssssssssssssss sen 6 1 Safety inspection guid ua aaron g dskora d Ed einst RR Ed teanen eed Dame a n RR AR RE d ead 6 1 Lubricabion SpeciticallOhs 235a oe RE ERA ERO eee Re ein REIR CI RR ERR M RA S da FW Rd CR 6 1 Bcheduled MAIMONANCE 23x paced easi Sacha d dUR6 QE Oddo dd Paca E ble at dub dd tubos Md Rud 6 2 xig feli ie er er rer TEMP 7 1 Howto use this parts catalog skin Lika bea EE Rea eee ERA R EE RUE EES Oe eee eee KR 7 1 Assembly 1 COVEN iiu rire E pb PRU FE bee S REEEFREdIPISqeA E AEG KaeqqEaieq du 7 2 Assembly 2 COVEN cic ops bd at RU ea qr deeds cee sbaeetade Seer caters anne ed 7 4 Assembly 3 Duplex components 1 00 c cee teeta 7 6 Assembly 4 Duplex components 2 0 0 cece ect ee eee 7 8 Assembly S Paper
236. problem replace the PCI card 56 USB Port x Disabled Select Continue to clear the message The printer discards any data received through the USB port Make sure the USB Buffer menu item is not set to Disabled If this does not fix the problem replace the PCI card 56 Standard USB Port Disabled Select Continue to clear the message The printer discards any data received through the USB port Make sure the USB Buffer menu item is not set to Disabled If this does not fix the problem replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 57 Configuration Change Held Jobs May Not Be Restored See Configuration Change above not in IR as 57 Configuration changes may be Code version changes Paper handling options removed The disk was installed from a different model or speed of printer 2 54 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Error code Action is 58 Too Many Flash Too many flash options are installed To continue A Options 1 Turn off and unplug the printer v 2 Remove the excess flash memory 3 Plug in the printer and turn it on Next If this does not fix the problem replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 gt Go Back 58 Too Many Trays 1 Turn off and unplug the printer Attached 2 Remove options until the supported number of options for that model Models C925 supports three additional trays 3 Plug in the print
237. proper connection Replace the non working clutch If this doesn t fix the problem replace the engine board 6 Registration sensor MPF sensor Engine controller board Check the following engine controller board connectors for proper connection Registration sensor CN12 MPF sensor CN14 f the connectors are properly connected replace the sensors f replacing the sensors does not fix the problem replace the engine control board Diagnostic information 2 19 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Paper has stopped at the registration roller or has not reached the fuser Paper jams 200 250 24x FRU Action Registration roller clutch Registration roller Transfer belt unit Rear paper feed guide Check these parts for wear or damage Replace as necessary Be sure all guide surfaces in the paper path are free of dirt Check the registration roller clutch for continuity Does the clutch engage when the printer is printing a job Be sure connector CN20 on the printhead controller board is connected properly If the connection is properly connected check pin 1 on CN20 for 24Vdc and pin 3 for GND If the voltage and ground are present replace the clutch If replacing the clutch doesn t fix the problem replace the printhead controller board Registration sensor Printer controller board Check the registration sensor connection on CN12 on the engine con
238. r 8 40X6248 1 1 Rear option cover 9 40X6249 1 1 Rear connector cover 10 40X6255 1 1 Upper front option cover 11 40X6253 1 1 Right middle option cover NS 40X1173 1 1 Horizontal sensor paper level NS 40X7452 1 1 550 sheet paperfeed screw parts pack Parts catalog 7 33 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Assembly 17 550 sheet option feeder base 7 34 Service Manual Previous Next J Go Back Assembly 17 550 sheet option feeder base 5041 030 Asm Part Units Units Description index number mach FRU 1 40X6361 1 1 UL1 Interface cable 2 40X6362 1 1 UL2 Interface cable 3 40X6430 3 1 Option switch sensor 4 40X6358 1 1 Rising unit hub 5 40X6359 1 1 Rising unit spring 6 40X6360 1 1 Timing belt 7 40X6231 1 1 Option interface board 8 40X6232 1 1 Main interface cable 9 40X6233 1 1 Stepper motor cable 10 40X6230 1 1 Option stepper motor 11 40X6229 1 1 Opt tray paper lift motor NS 40X7452 1 1 550 sheet paperfeed screw parts pack Parts catalog 7 35 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Previous Assembly 18 550 sheet option feeder paperfeed Next x O a o e 7 36 Service Manual Assembly 18 550 sheet option feeder paperfeed 5041 030 Previous Asm Part Units Units Description A index number mach FRU 1 40X6365 1 1 Option paperfeed cable WV 2
239. r A area The fuser applies heat and pressure to the page to melt the tiny toner particles and bond them permanently to the media The fuser moves the paper to the redrive rolls which move the paper to the output bin Next Go Back Cleaning J Transfer belt Second transfer roller Transferred on a sheet of paper Service tips If the fuser rollers are damaged they can cause toner to be pulled off the page or cause paper jams Toner that rubs off a printed page can be a sign of a malfunctioning fuser or an improper media setting Always check the paper type setting before replacing the fuser A common mistake is to print on heavier media such as cardstock with the paper type set to plain paper When removing paper jams from the fuser be sure to use the fuser release tabs to relieve the pressure on the page In addition never pull unfused toner through the fuser if you can help it try to back the jammed page out of the fuser in the opposite direction it was travelling 3 30 Service Manual 5041 030 Step 6 Clean Erase Previous There are two main cleaning processes that take place during the EP Process One process cleans the transfer A belt and the other cleans the photoconductors Transfer Unit Clean Next Once the toner image on the transfer belt has been transferred to the page the transfer belt rotates around and is cleaned by the cleaning blade This occurs for every page
240. r belt 18 Transfer belt drive roll 19 Pickup roll MP feeder 20 Feed roll MP feeder 21 Separator roll MP feeder 22 Pickup roll Std tray 23 Feed roll Std tray 24 Separator roll Std tray 25 Registration roll IN MP feeder 26 Registration roll OUT MP feeder 27 Registration roll IN Std tray 28 Registration roll OUT Std tray 29 Duplex input roll 30 Duplex transport roll 31 Duplex bottom transport roll 32 Duplex exit roll 33 Paper exit roll 34 Registration sensor actuator 35 Fuser input sensor actuator 36 Duplex exit sensor actuator 37 Paper exit sensor actuator 38 Transport roll 39 MPF feed roll 40 Bin full detection lever 5 4 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back Print engine diagram Paper xit Unit l m 9 maging unit Y P Toner Sensor TN Board Y HEAD Y Imaging unit M p Toner Sensor TN i i maging unit C Imaging unit K ig Toner p E 2 Printhead Controller Board Sub Drive Unit Fuser Entry Sensor Door Interlock Micro SW pi D High Voltage Unit PE Out of Paper Sensor Multiple Paper Cassette a 1 Multiple Paper wt PE Out of Paper Sensor Standard Paper Cassette Paper Full Sensor Transport Standard Paper Cassette Clutch Paper Feed Clutch Standard Paper Tray Ss i Extended Paper Feeder Option CoverOpen DetectorSw Tra
241. r eme ra reser wake ew dale nde me SR NS 4 44 Power supply Tan FOmoONVAl sau paekcorb a dos coas ete aaa aSa tn eRe Rees eR RE 4 46 BIP Doard TEmoVAl 253 94wedi pen dd dd Ici hib s mb once de ewes Box QUARE QA RA NU dr 06 MM Mod 4 47 Video board TemOVal uses tad dae aree Rcx dU ER Rl ROG S aci Na ketenes a bo o 4 48 a heta sensor remova scare bx e bRa PEE CSS TREE ERN REUS E KON E REE RR RR dU dd n 4 49 Density s nsor TemoVal 4a assa doma he esate RR tae ee PARLARE A RR RR e ada Cao ORE do 4 50 Main switch TEmOVOLs s dido videa sdcpa 424p eX Res ere ada bk xau dk dS a dca ETE RW 4 51 Right side removals 1 naiuua e sas km E ERREURI RR REGRESAR ANGGRR RE RENS P dot aces 4 52 F ser removal 4 2 ka acks iod a ACER ECC CR CC ACE ee RE PURER CART CR ADAC EEA d 4 52 Handle cover removal iis ices ka dackacoek kar Eni DEd RR sen ance ate drea o o d 4 53 Duplex removal naa ap E nnn rakari Eat EEr AEEA RON RCR RR RR URL EORR UR RR A a 4 54 Paper feed urit removal 222 25 22x422 mas Ra riss erroa steun aTr tinea hEn Ad P REPE 4 59 Transfer Roll CRU removal 12x33 mx ohh ERR ERROR RORCORACR CIS RC RC ACC OCIL ACA CUIDA aa 4 60 Best FOHIOUEIB oort ap eeu aco IR cA QUE AR UMP d RUNDE Oa c DRE GN RR RO Cae aes c a eA NIRE RU 4 61 Drive UBILremoVal cascaded dan ceeded GE U Ried RO REOR SURE RR Cd rdc Rd cena ben we 4 61 Drive unit motor C M Y K removal eeeeeee RR hh nnn 4 64 Sub drive unit FemOoWVAl s 24 32 AURI Rr re ROWE RENEE Fe Kee el oi
242. r path Is there dirt on the paper path Clean any dirty paper path components with a lint free cloth 3 Check the registration rolls for dirt or debris Is there dirt on the registration rolls Clean the registration rolls with a lint free cloth Failure to fuse Skewed print Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check the fuser for proper installation Is the fuser Go to step 2 Reinstall the properly installed fuser 2 Check connection CNO2 on the LVPS for proper Go to step Go to step 3 connection Is the cable properly connected 3 Check CNO2 for the correct voltage Is the voltage Replace the Replace the correct fuser LVPS See Low volt power supply removal on page 4 43 Stains on edge of page Action and questions Check for dirt on the paperpath Clean as needed Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Are the width guides in the tray or MPF set properly Go to step 3 Go to step 2 2 Set the guides properly Did this fix the problem Problem resolved Go to step 3 3 Checkfor dirt or wear on the registration rolls Are they Go to step 4 Go to step 4 worn or dirty 4 Replace the registration rolls Did this fix the issue Problem resolved Contact your second level support 2 10 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back White gaps due to poor color registration 5041 030 Step Ac
243. re the camera can access PictBridge Plug the camera back in to continue Unsupported Disk Remove the unsupported disk to continue Paper Size Unsupported Make sure the paper is the correct size Also check the tray guides to ensure they are in the correct position Check the paper size sensors to ensure they are in the correct position Securely Clearing Disk Space Disk wiping process is recovering disk space The message clears when all memory blocks are cleared USB Drive Error This is displayed when an error on the USB drive occurs The user is instructed to remove and reinsert the drive Disk Problem Error reading a disk Disk is improperly formatted Additional messages include Continue Format the disk View More information is displayed User will be instructed to reformat the disk All data will be lost Diagnostic information 2 51 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 User attendance messages 0 99 Error code Action 30 Toner cartridge missing Reseat the specified print cartridge Use different cartridge Check contacts on the photodeveloper Check the ribbon cable connecting the printhead and printhead controller board f the problem still exists replace the printhead controller board See Printhead controller board removal on page 4 29 31 Defective or Missing color Cartridge Reseat the specified print cartridge
244. re there black stripes on the Replace the Contact your page black LED second level printhead support Diagnostic information 2 7 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Unprinted spots Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check the paper in the tray for moisture Is the paper Replace the Go to step 2 moist paper in the tray 2 Check the LED print head for moisture on the imaging Wipe the LED Go to step 3 surface Is there any moisture on the LED surface imaging surface with a lint free cloth 3 Does the imaging unit s photo developer drum have Let the drum dry Go to step 4 any dew on it out Do not wipe the drum with a cloth 4 Remove and reinstall the imaging unit Does this fix the Problem resolved Go to step 5 problem 5 Replace the imaging unit Does this resolve the issue Problem resolved Go to step 6 6 Check the transfer roll for dents Are there any dents in Replace the Go to step 7 the transfer roll transfer roll 7 Remove the transfer belt and check the surface for Replace the Contact your waviness or other irregularities Are the surface transfer belt second level irregularities support Partially dark or light print Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check the drum on the imaging unit for over exposure Go to step 2 Go to step 3 to light Has it been over exposed to light 2 Replace the affected imaging unit Did this f
245. rent supplies This is the default The message will not appear during the remainder of the job Cancel job e Wait for supplies This occurs if the job is parked Remove All Color Supplies If Color Lockout mode is enabled this message appears unless the printer is in Diagnostics Menu or Configuration Menu Remove Paper Standard Bin The standard output bin is full Remove the media to continue Remove Paper lt All bins gt Remove the paper from all output bins Restore Held Jobs Go Stop If the printer detects Print and Hold or parked jobs stored on the hard disk during Power On Self Test POST Choices are Restore Print jobs are restored and Restoring Held Jobs x y where x is the number of the job restored and y is the total number of jobs to restore You can quit restoring and the remainder of the jobs will remain on the disk but cannot be accessed until they are restored at the next POR Do not restore Held jobs will remain on the disk but cannot be accessed until they are restored at the next POR Hel d jobs may not be restored appears Tell me more additional information is available Supply Needed A supply is needed to complete a job Additional messages may include Prompt for supplies Cancel Wait for supplies Unsupported USB device Please Remove Remove the unrecognized device to continue Unsupported Mode Unplug camera and change it to a mode whe
246. rinted seems to be too red This can be caused by environmental conditions paper type lighting conditions or user preference In these instances adjust the Color Balance setting to create a more preferable color Color Balance provides the user with the ability to make subtle adjustments to the amount of toner being used in each color plane Selecting positive or negative values for cyan magenta yellow and black from the Color Balance menu will slightly increase or decrease the amount of toner used for the chosen color For example if a printed page has a red tint then decreasing both magenta and yellow could potentially improve the color balance Diagnostic aids 3 39 5041 030 My color transparencies seem dark when they are projected Is there anything can Previous do to improve the color i This problem most commonly occurs when projecting transparencies with reflective overhead projectors To obtain the highest projected color quality transmissive overhead projectors are recommended If a reflective projector must be used then adjusting the Toner Darkness setting to 1 2 or 3 will lighten the transparency Make sure to print on the recommended type of color transparencies oe What is manual color correction 2 o bac When manual color correction is enabled the printer employs user selected color conversion tables to process objects However Color Correction must be set to Manual or no user defined color conversion will be
247. ription of the printer and the maintenance approach used to repair it Special tools and test equipment as well as general environmental and safety instructions are discussed N 9690 59 N Diagnostic information contains an error indicator table symptom tables and service checks used to isolate failing field replaceable units FRUs Diagnostic aids contains tests and checks used to locate or repeat symptoms of printer problems Repair information provides instructions for making printer adjustments and removing and installing FRUs Connector locations uses illustrations to identify the connector locations and test points on the printer Preventive maintenance contains the lubrication specifications and recommendations to prevent problems Parts catalog contains illustrations and part numbers for individual FRUs Appendix A contains service tips and information Appendix B contains representative print samples Navigation buttons This manual contains navigation buttons in the right margin of each page making it easier and quicker to navigate Button Description Previous A Click A to move the document view backward by one page Next v Click v to move the document view forward by one page Go Back D Click 5 to return to the last page viewed XIV Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Previous Change history A Revision date Updates v 2015 06
248. rm spring 40X6273 rrr rrr 7 3 B S pushing spring 40X6135 e eru ru Rr e Erreur rrr rr 7 9 B S sensor cleaner 40X6264 7 21 Base 1 screw parts pack 40X7052 rrr rrr rer rrr rer rrr errr ccc cess 7 13 Base 2 screw parts pack 40X7442 7 15 Belt motor 40X6162 7 13 Belt motor cable 40X6262 7 13 belt motor cable 40X6262 3 rrr IIR 7 23 Bottom foot 40X6175 7 17 Brazil powercord 40X4596 7 40 Button kit parts pack 40X6379 7 5 Part number index l 7 5041 030 C C S carrying roller 40X6154 2 eee ee ee eee eee eee eee 27 Carry cover 40X6257 22 02 r rr errr ere eee ee ee eee ee eee ee zy Cassette screw parts pack 40X7451 7 29 Chile Uraguay powercord 40X0273 ee ee ee eee eee 7 40 Complete duplex 40X6126 enn nnn nn ne ee eee 7 3 Co
249. rmware cards Bar Code PrintCryption Printer hard disk Lexmark Internal Solutions Ports ISP RS 232 C Serial ISP Parallel 1284 B ISP MarkNet N8250 802 11 b g n Wireless ISP MarkNet N8130 10 100 Fiber ISP MarkNet N8120 10 100 1000 Ethernet ISP Media handling options 550 sheet tray General information 1 3 Previous A D Go Back 5041 030 Printer specifications This section varies by product type It will be different in scanners laser printers and inkjet printers Power specifications Average nominal power requirements for the base printer configuration Power levels are shown in watts Printing states Power Off ow Sleep Mode 11W Hibernate Mode 3W Ready Mode 105W Continuous printing 620W Electrical specifications Low voltage models e 100 to 127 V ac at 50 to 60 hertz Hz nominal e 90 to 137 V ac extreme High voltage models e 220 to 240 V ac at 50 to 60 hertz Hz nominal not available in all countries and regions Clearances 1 Right 385 mm 15 16 in 2 Front 380 mm 15 in 3 Left 100 mm 3 94 in 4 Rear 100 mm 3 94 in 5 Top 100 mm 1 34 in Allow additional clearance around the printer for adding options 1 4 Service Manual Previous A D Go Back 5041 030 Acoustics Previous All measurements are made in accordance with ISO 7779 and c
250. rred except for 900 service RIP software errors e Code versions of all packages when error occurred e Panel message when error occurred except for 900 service RIP software errors e Debug information and secondary error codes depending on the error Event Log Lexmark C9254 C0000000 Device taformation Event Log Information IM BY Sarvan Motus Corer 3 22 Service Manual Previous A D Go Back 5041 030 The Clear Log operation clears out the errors that print in this report The errors listed in the Display Log Previous operation do not necessarily match in number nor in order with the errors from the printer log Note This log can be printed from configuration menu but the debug and secondary error codes are not A printed on this log Vv Clear Log Next This menu item deletes the event log Once the event log is deleted the only item remaining on the log is the 5 Clear Log event Go Back Touch Back to return to the EVENT LOG menu EXIT DIAGNOSTICS Select EXIT DIAGNOSTICS to exit the Diagnostics menu and return to normal mode Diagnostic aids 3 23 5041 030 F Previous Theory of operation Print engine theory v Electrophotographic Process EP Process Next The method that all laser and LED printers use to print is called the electrophotographic process These machines use differences in charge to manipulate and move toner from the toner cartridge to the printed page Go
251. rvice Manual 5041 030 3 Use a flatblade screwdriver to depress the tab that holds the outer paper guide to the paper feed unit Previous A D Go Back 4 With the tab depressed gently lift the paper guide up 5 Use a flatblade screwdriver to gently remove the guide spring from the paper feed unit Note The spring should remain on the paper guide 6 Remove the outer main tray paper guide from the paper feed unit This guide will be used on the new paper feed unit Repair information 4 97 5041 030 7 Use a flatblade screwdriver to depress the tab on the inner main paper guide Previous Go Back a 8 Gently lift and remove the inner main paper guide from the paper feed unit This guide will be used on the new paper feed unit Multi purpose feed tray paper guide removal Note This is not a FRU 1 Remove the paper feed unit See Paper feed unit removal on page 4 59 2 Place the paper feed unit on it s side with the paper guides facing up 4 98 Service Manual 5041 030 3 Use a flatblade screwdriver to re route the registration sensor cables around the guide on the outer paper guide 5 Route the sensor cable around the two remaining cable guides on the outer paper guide Repair information 4 99 Previous A ha Go Back 5041 030 6 Use a flatblade screwdriver to depress the tab that holds the outer paper guide to the paper feed unit Previous A ha
252. s instructions and local regulations Remove the rear cover See Rear cover removal on page 4 5 Remove the top cover See Top cover removal on page 4 12 Remove the left cover See Left cover removal on page 4 14 Remove the left EMI shield See Left EMI shield removal not a FRU on page 4 40 Remove the video board See Video board removal on page 4 48 Disconnect all the cables from the RIP board Note Use care when disconnecting the printhead controller ribbon cable from the ZIF connector SOSH ys Repair information 4 47 5041 030 7 Remove the three standoffs A that secure the RIP board to the RIP cage 8 Carefully remove the RIP board from the RIP cage Video board removal Remove the rear cover See Rear cover removal on page 4 5 Remove the top cover See Top cover removal on page 4 12 Remove the left cover See Left cover removal on page 4 14 Remove the left EMI shield See Left EMI shield removal not a FRU on page 4 40 Disconnect the UICC cable and USB cable A from the video board SP eh 6 Remove the three screw fastening the video board to the metal RIP board stand offs 7 Carefully remove the video board from the RIP cage 4 48 Service Manual Previous A ha Go Back 5041 030 Theta sensor removal Previous 1 Remove the LVPS See Low volt power supply removal on page 4 43 2 Remove the 7 screws A securing
253. s replace the Flash card assembly If the problem continues replace the RIP board DRAM options This service check is the same as the flash memory option service check with the following exception Run the DRAM Test on page 3 17 from the menu if the DRAM Memory card assembly is correctly installed and not broken or damaged If the test fails replace the DRAM card assembly If the problem continues replace the RIP board Hard disk option Service Tip The 5041 030 printers support one hard disk option Be sure only one hard disk option is installed Be sure the hard disk and the hard disk board are correctly installed Run the Quick Disk Test on page 3 19 from the Device Test on the Diagnostic Menu Note The Quick Disk Test is a non destructive test and indicates Pass or Fail If the test fails replace the hard disk If a problem still exists replace the RIP board Use the Disk Test Clean on page 3 19 to help restore the disk if it contains bad data and is unusable This test is divided into a cleaning and a verifying or testing section Warning This can be a very lengthy test depending on the disk size This test leaves the hard disk unformatted The servicer or user must reformat the disk using the Format Disk Menu operation This is a destructive type of test All the data on the disk is destroyed and should not be performed on a known good disk Network card option The network is installed on the system board on
254. s not read only and Disk Encryption is enabled Warning When the settings are changed all data on the hard disk is deleted Erase all information on Disks This setting performs a wipe of the printer hard disk erasing all data Warning Wipe Disk deletes all data on the printer hard disk including downloaded fonts macros and held jobs Do not initiate a disk wipe if you have information on the printer that you want to save e Wipe disk fast This is a single pass wipe that overwrites all data and the file system This wipe is faster but less secure since it is possible to retrieve the deleted data with forensic data retrieval techniques e Wipe disk secure This multiple pass wipe overwrites all data without rewriting the file system This wipe is DoD 5220 22 M compliant since the deleted data is irretrievable Diagnostic aids 3 11 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Font Sharpening Previous Font Sharpening allows the user to adjust the value of the high frequency screens used for font data For A example if the value is 24 all fonts 24 points and less use the high frequency screens The default value is 24 v This feature works only in PostScript emulation Tw Wipe All Settings Go Back Use this menu item to remove all information settings solutions and jobs from a disk Require Standby If set to Off this setting disables Standby Mode in the General Settings menu LES Applications This setting allows us
255. selected symbol set f Continuous is selected then the same page prints continuously from the selected source until you press Stop If Continuous is selected from a source which contains envelopes then the envelope print test pattern is printed on the first envelope and the rest are blank The Print Test page always prints single sided regardless of the Duplex setting or the presence of the Duplex option To run the Print Test 1 From the Diagnostics menu touch PRINT TESTS 2 Select the paper source 3 Select either Single or Continuous Note If Single is selected no buttons are active while the Print Test Page is printing If Continuous is selected Stop X can be pressed to cancel the test 4 Atthe end of the test the printer returns to the PRINT TESTS menu Print Quality Pages The print quality test consists of five pages Pages one and two contain a mixture of graphics and text The remainder of the pages only contain graphics This test may be printed from either Configuration menu or the Diagnostics menu To run the print quality pages from the Diagnostics menu select PRINT TESTS and Print Quality Pages from the menu Once the test is started it cannot be canceled After the test pages print the printer returns to the PRINT TESTS menu HARDWARE TESTS Panel Test This test verifies the operator panel display function To run the Panel Test 1 From the Diagnostics menu navigate to HARDWARE TESTS gt
256. serisor removal i ius iega dom RE REA REGIA REG RARE RR SA a RARE Rad 4 122 Option controller board removal 0 cece eee eee eee ee eee nnn nnn 4 123 Stepper motor removal 5122252222393 7230992 334 s Ei ESEI EEE nRa eee ee ewes kde 4 123 Tray lift motor removal iisusssuus wee ewer emer sewn eens E KORR RE RR ARR RC dente was 4 124 Option door inter lock switch removal seeeeee RR n n nnn 4 125 Paper feed clutch removal 5 445252 4a kekxRGAORARRROAR RERO eee semen eee ewe RARUS UN 4 126 LOCO ieee cunendtuatgincieesdbeleciscesiuds bci niox atoE ERA LE ERVER ERA EAE E EE EE 5 1 LOCAUONS x3 bdbbxa i dE E bbs ep ded bud EU dnt Ren due Red eteiaa ee tha edb dees a uid dd don dE ed id 5 1 SC oe eee ee re CRGO CUR OCCURS EU ADU RR ree CUR I an cR a 5 1 FING 26 peeaeceesks cen etoses AA EO SIN epit Eg a i Pr d HOSS ERE QS VES Pd gd E 5 1 LETRO T Ghee EUE 5 2 IK BEIDE Leaitececceeed Ed dansesteeoasewederee heems S REDE RENE REPE 2d 52 LE bacs 5 3 Pint engine digra iade pesa ko i eR eR RO er REA He ded JURE AD Ro UU Reps 5 5 PGE MOOS e32 25930 da aub e dri auia KR AAA CR UR ARM a A mL AU dU dac 5 6 PRAICE DOINGS as ud aoc E ace RA br RR UA 00 d ROAD ERROR A UA COE o pa Ub VT RO KR a GEAR codo d 5 7 RIP DOBID soe naituadubaddsd dubius iu gea Recte Dk dutqeRd spur ends 5 7 Video DOSId issocsoReTCERPPR ERSRRRRYRERSO T ROTG eRe ESL OR STEE TE CREE I RERTPREP 5 8 Prnsthead5oniroller BOBO aso i5 dep eR bo Res x aen Ra PE bg akelb ap EOS
257. sture on the LED printheads Let the Go to step 3 Is there moisture on the printheads printheads dry Move the printer to a less humid location if needed 3 Using the Administrative menu move the transfer belt Go to step 4 Replace the belt to the up and down position Does the belt move 4 Check the transfer roll for proper installation Is the Go to step 5 Reinstall the transfer roll installed correctly transfer roll 5 Check the transfer roll contacts for dirt or wear Are the Go to step 6 Clean the transfer roll contacts clean contacts 6 Check the LED ribbon cables for proper connection at Go to step 7 Properly install both ends Are the LED ribbon cables properly the ribbon installed cables 7 Check the LED ribbon cable connectors on the Go to step 8 Replace the printhead controller board for 5V DC Is the voltage printhead correct controller board 8 Check all the connectors on the printhead controller Go to step9 Properly connect board Are they properly connected the connectors 9 Replace the printhead controller board Did this fix the Problem Contact second problem resolved level support Diagnostic information 2 9 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Stain on back of page Step Action and questions Yes 1 Check for dirt on the transfer belt Is there dirt on the transfer belt Clean the transfer belt with a lint free cloth 2 Check for dirt along the pape
258. t from being installed properly or move around in the printer Are there loose or damaged parts on the tray 2 Try adifferent tray Did this fix the issue Problem solved Go to step 3 3 Check the sensor cables for proper connection to the Go to step 5 Go to step 4 sensors and engine controller board Are they properly connected 4 Connect the cables Did this fix the issue Problem solved Go to step 5 5 Check the size sensors for proper operation Are they Go to step 7 Go to step 6 working properly 6 Replace the sensors Did this fix the issue Problem solved Got to step 7 7 Replace the engine controller board Did this fix the Problem solved Contact your issue second level support Paper skew service check Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Are the paper guides in the paper trays and MPF tray Go to step 4 Go to step 3 in there proper position 2 Adjust all the paper guides Did this fix the problem Problem solved Go to step 4 3 Check the tray to see if the paper in the tray is above Go to step 5 Go to step 6 the full mark on the side guides in the tray Is there too much paper in the trays 4 Remove the excess paper from the trays Did this fix Problem solved Go to step 6 the problem 5 Inspect the paper feed rolls registration rolls and Go to step 8 Go to step 7 registration roll springs Are the registration rolls clean and in the proper place 6 Install the paper feed maintenance kit Did this fi
259. t to the printer Repair information 4 79 5041 030 3 Route the high volt power supply cable through the fan mounting duct Previous Go Back 4 Disconnect the fan cable B from the MDCONT engine board 4 80 Service Manual 5041 030 Sub frame unit removal Previous 1 Remove the drive unit 2 Disconnect the belt up down sensor harness A if it is connected Go Back A 3 Remove the four screws B securing the sub unit to the head in plate Repair information 4 81 5041 030 Paper size switch removal Previous 1 Remove the HVPS See HVPS removal on page 4 88 2 Disconnect the three cables Go Back 4 82 Service Manual 5041 030 4 Depress the tabs holding the sensor in place Previous Go Back Rear EMI shield removal Not a FRU 1 Remove the rear cover 2 Remove the three screws A on the top rear of the shield Repair information 4 83 5041 030 3 Remove the five screws B securing the upper shield to the rear shield 4 Remove the three screws C above the fuser fan 4 84 Service Manual Previous A ha Go Back 5041 030 5 Remove the two screws D on the bottom of the rear side of the shield Previous Go Back Repair information 4 85 5041 030 7 Remove the two screws F next to the MPF tray F 8 Remove the cable from the cable holder on top of the EMI shield Paper feed motor removal Not
260. the error is 121 05 the fuser is at the end of life 5041 030 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is the fuser properly installed Make sure that it is Go to step 2 Reinstall the properly seated fuser 2 Is the fuser cable properly connected to CN19 on the Go to step 3 Properly connect printhead controller board the connector 3 Check the fuser cable for continuity Is there Problem solved Replace the fuser continuity cable 4 Replace the printhead controller board Does this fix Problem solved Go to step 5 the problem 5 Replace the fuser Does this fix the problem Problem solved Contact second level support 121 04 Belt thermistor error Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is the fuser properly installed Make sure that it is Go to step 2 Reinstall the properly seated fuser 2 Is the fuser cable properly connected to CN19 on the Go to step 3 Properly connect printhead controller board the connector 3 Check the fuser cable for continuity Is there Problem solved Replace the fuser continuity cable 4 Replace the printhead controller board Does this fix Problem solved Go to step 5 the problem 5 Replace the fuser Does this fix the problem Problem solved Contact second level support Diagnostic information 2 31 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 121 05 Fuser fuser heater error
261. the handle cover Repair information 4 53 5041 030 Duplex removal Previous 1 Remove the high voltage power supply See HVPS removal on page 4 88 2 Remove the handle covers See Handle cover removal on page 4 53 3 Open the right cover and remove the transfer roll Warning Avoid damaging the transfer roll Go Back ut 4 While holding the right cover lift the duplex unit E MU o 4 54 Service Manual 5041 030 5 Disconnect the two springs from the right cover Previous A ha Go Back Repair information 4 55 5041 030 7 Disconnect the duplex clutch and sensor cables from the connectors B on the engine controller board 8 Disconnect the duplex ground wire from the frame 4 56 Service Manual Previous A D Go Back 5041 030 9 Route the duplex cables through the frame Previous Go Back Repair information 4 57 5041 030 11 Pull the duplex away from the printer while carefully routing the cables through the right hinge on the printer Previous A D Go Back 12 Remove the screws securing the duplex unit to the right cover Note See Duplex unit component removals on page 4 90 for instructions to remove the duplex sub components 4 58 Service Manual 5041 030 Paper feed unit removal Previous Note Remove the main tray paper guide and the multi purpose feed tray paper guide These will be used o
262. the option paperfeed drawer Go Back Transport sensor removal 1 Take the main printer unit off of the option paper feed unit 2 Remove the screw A securing the transport sensor bracket to the option feeder A 3 Disconnect the harness from the transport sensor 4 Remove the transport sensor from the mounting bracket by pressing the tabs B on the sensor together and pulling the sensor away from the bracket Repair information 4 121 5041 030 Paper empty sensor removal Previous 1 Take the main printer unit off of the option paper feed unit A 2 Remove the paper empty sensor from the frame by pressing the tabs A on the sensor together and pulling it away from the frame Vv A Next Go Back 3 Disconnect the sensor from the harness Paper full sensor removal 1 Take the main printer unit off of the option paper feed unit 2 Remove the paper empty sensor from the frame by pressing the tabs A on the sensor together and pulling it away from the frame 3 Disconnect the sensor from the harness 4 122 Service Manual 5041 030 Option controller board removal Previous 1 Remove the rear cover 2 Disconnect all the cables from the option controller board 3 Remove the four screws A securing the controller board to the rear frame Go Back Stepper motor removal 1 Remove the rear cover 2 Remove the stepper motor cabl
263. the power box shield to the printer frame Go Back 3 Disconnect the theta sensor harness from the theta sensor 4 Remove the one screw B securing the theta sensor mounting plate to the printer frame A 90 M aT s 9 o Vo TS PS oj Said 5 Remove the two screws C securing the theta sensor to the mounting plate Repair information 4 49 5041 030 Density sensor removal 1 Remove the LVPS See Low volt power supply removal on page 4 43 2 Remove the 7 screws securing the power box shield to the printer frame 3 Disconnect the density sensor harness from the density sensor 4 Remove the two screws D fastening the density sensor to the frame AV Do E ED S ees E c o J o Q e E E D Qu e d 4 50 Service Manual Previous Go Back 5041 030 Main switch removal Previous 1 Remove the main power switch cable 2 Disconnect both harnesses A from the power switch il dr ER oec Repair information 4 51 5041 030 Previous Right side removals Fuser removal 1 Open the right side door Go Back 2 Grab the handles on the fuser and gently pull the fuser out of the print engine 4 52 Service Manual 5041 030 Handle cover removal Previous 1 Remove the two screws A securing the handle covers to the printer frame Go Back 2 Remove
264. thead error Error 2 29 113 01 Magenta printhead error 2 29 121 05 Fuser fuser heater error 2 32 126 xx Power switch error 2 32 130 xx High voltage power supply error 2 32 132 00 Density sensor error 2 33 132 xx Abnormal theta sensor 2 34 136 xx Temperature humidity sensor error 2 35 140 Drive motor Error 2 35 146 01 Traylerror 2 36 146 03 Tray3error 2 36 146 04 Tray4 error 2 37 146 05 Tray5 error 2 38 149 01 Fuser paper exit motor Error 2 35 171 01 Fuser fan error 2 38 172 01 Power supply unit fan error 2 39 173 01 Main unit fan error 2 39 174 01 Rear fan error 2 39 54 Network Software error 2 65 900 xx System software 2 42 941 01 SDRAM R W error 2 44 941 03 CPU error 2 46 941 04 MDC controller error 2 46 941 05 EEPROM error 2 46 950 00 950 29 EPROM mismatch 2 47 DRAM options 2 65 duplex 2 19 Error code 976 Network card x 2 65 Expansion paper feeder 2 25 false door open 2 62 flash options 2 65 Lexmark confidential until announce hard disk options 2 65 imaging unit missing 2 64 insert tray 2 63 MPF 2 24 Network card option 2 65 networking 2 60 ON OFF switch automatically switching to the Off position 2 59 operator panel 2 62 option card 2 64 Paper has entered the duplex unit Paper jam 230 231 9 2 21 Paper has entered the fuser and exited the printer Paper jam 203 2 20 Paper has exited the registration roller and entered the fuser Paper jam 201 2 20 Paper has stopped at the registration roller or has not
265. tion and questions Yes No 1 Ensure that the printer is level on a flat surface Is the Go to step 3 Go to step 2 surface level 2 Level the printer Did this fix the issue Problem resolved Go to step 3 3 Set Auto Registration to On and POR the printer Did Problem resolved Go to step 4 this fix the issue 4 Enter the configuration menu and run the color Problem resolved Contact your alignment pages See Color Alignment on second level page 3 11 Adjust the alignment as needed Did this fix support the problem Diagnostic information 2 11 Previous A D Go Back 5041 030 Paper jams Location oe Explanation 1 200 xx Paper jam in the transfer carry area 2 201 xx Paper jam in the fuser entry area 3 203 Paper jam at the paper exit area 4 230 Paper jam in the duplex 4 231 39 Paper jam in the duplex Check the duplex sensor area at the bottom of the duplex 5 24x pare jam in the papertray lt x gt indicates which tray the jam 6 250 Paper jam in the MPF tray 2 12 Service Manual Previous A D Go Back 5041 030 Clearing and troubleshooting paper jams Previous 200 paper jam 1 Open the right side cover 2 Pull the paper up and out to remove it from the paper path Go Back Note Make sure all paper fragments are removed If the page is in the fuser the fuser nip release lever should be lowered After removing the
266. tion cable in the printer for continuity Is Go to step 5 Go to step 6 there continuity 5 Replace the option cable Did this fix the problem Problem Go to step 6 resolved 6 Check CN120 on the expansion feeder controller for Go to step 8 Go to step 7 proper connectivity Is it properly connected 7 Reconnect the connection at CN120 Did this fix the Problem Go to step 8 problem resolved 8 Check the cable connecting CN103 and the paper full Go to step 10 Go to step 9 sensor for proper connectivity Is the cable properly connected on both ends 9 Re connect the cable at both ends Did this fix the Problem solved Go to step 10 problem 10 Check the paper full sensor cable for continuity Is Go to step 12 Go to step 11 there continuity 2 36 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Step Action and questions Yes No 11 Replace the paper full sensor cable Did this fix the Problem solved Go to step 12 problem 12 Replace the paper full sensor Did this fix the issue Problem solved Go to step 13 13 Replace the expansion paper feeder controller board Problem solved Go to step 14 Did this fix the issue 14 Check pins 6 and 7 on CN13 of the printer controller Contact your Replace the board for 24V Is the voltage correct second level printer controller support board 146 04 Tray 4 error Note This is the second expansi
267. to interrupter cable 40X6261 22 errr r rrr rrr rrr e 7 13 Photo interuptor 40X1104 2 2 errr ee eee eee eee 7 7 7 11 7 19 photo interuptor cable 40X6261 3 5 rrr rrr rrr rr rr rr rrr rrr re 7 23 Pick roll 40X6180 III ee eee ee eee ee ee eee eee ee ee 7 19 Pickup gear 40X6178 ss sisses tcc rc tec re etc tc rr se eres sesso cmt rece 7 19 Pickup lever A 40X6181 7 19 Power supply fan 40X6205 ssas 2c cc ccc srr re me sss mass msd masc rece reeset nanen ner 7 21 Power supply fan cable 40X6210 2 r err eee eee eee ee eee 7 23 Power supply fan cable 40X6410 3 I errr rrr rere rrr eer errr eee 7 21 PRC powercord 40X0303 2 2 rrr rrr er re eee eee eee ee 7 40 PRCONT print head controller option cable 40X6369 7 25 Prescribe card 40X6923 errr rrr ree ee ee eee eee eee eee 7 40 Printhead controller board 40X8120 e errr rr rere eee ere eee 7 25 7 27 R Rear cover 40X6123 lt sa esscnescsessne sent Sc eGG ees seers s eee Sees eee ARE E E A a R a ees 7 3 Registration gear 40X6185 eee eee ee eee ee eee eee 7 19 Registration sensor actuator 40X6188
268. tock on this device Print jobs are printing on the wrong sized paper from trays 2 5 Trays 2 5 have auto size sensing Check the end guide in the paper tray The guide must be right on the correct notch to sense the right size Fuser failure Go to 121 05 Fuser fuser heater error on page 2 32 No paper pick up from multipurpose tray Go to Paper path service checks on page 2 19 No paper pick up from upper or lower cassettes Go to Paper path service checks on page 2 19 Registration roller does not rotate Go to Paper path service checks on page 2 19 Tray 1 not sensing the correct paper size Tray 1 does not have auto size sensing Check the paper size indicator dial on the front of tray 1 Change the size showing on the dial if needed Operator panel does not operate properly Go to the Diagnostic aids chapter and run the LCD and Button tests If the tests fail replace the operator panel If you still have a problem replace the RIP controller board If your machine beeps 5 times and the screen is blank or all diamonds replace the operator panel 2 58 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Symptom Action Foggy print Black pages Blank print White spots Poor reproduction Incorrect color image registration Dirt on back of paper Low image density White and black lines and bands Go
269. troller board for proper connection If it is properly connected replace the registration sensor If this doesn t fix the problem replace the engine board Paper has exited the registration roller and entered the fuser Paper jam 201 FRU Action Transfer belt unit Rear paper guide Discharge brush Fuser Remove any buildup of toner Replace any damaged or worn parts Check the paper exit flag on the fuser for damage Replace the fuser if necessary 2 Fuser entry sensor Check the fuser entry sensor to ensure it is in its position and not dislodged Check the cable to ensure it is properly connected to CN6 on the printhead controller board Replace the sensor if it is faulty If this doesn t fix the problem replace the printhead controller board 3 Fuser separation pawl Replace the fuser if paper jams cannot be removed Paper has entered the fuser and exited the printer Paper jam 203 FRU Action 1 Fuser Remove any toner buildup and replace any worn or damaged parts Output bin full lever Paper exit unit Exit unit sensor Bin full sensor Check the output bin full lever for smooth operation Replace if needed Check the exit unit sensor actuator for smooth operation If the actuator is broken replace the paper exit unit Check the exit unit and bin fill sensors on the paper exit unit for dirt and debris Clean if needed Check the cable
270. tting for the media size being used f the MP Feeder Size is set to Universal make sure the media is large enough for the formatted data f the problem still exists replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 35 Insufficient memory to support Resource Save feature Select Continue to disable Resource Save and continue printing To enable Resource Save after receiving this message Make sure the link buffers are set to Auto then exit the menus to activate the link buffer changes When Ready is displayed enable Resource Save Install additional memory f this does not fix the problem replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 37 Insufficient memory to collate job Select Continue to print the portion of the job already stored and begin collating the rest of the job Cancel the current job e If this does not fix the problem replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 2 52 Service Manual Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Error code Action 37 Insufficient memory for Flash Memory Defragment operation Select Continue to stop the defragment operation and continue printing Delete fonts macros and other data in printer memory Install additional printer memory If this does not fix the problem replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 47 37 Insufficient memory Some Held
271. u To run the Input TrayTest 1 From the Diagnostics menu touch INPUT TRAY TESTS 2 Select the input source 3 Select either Single or Continuous Note If Single is selected no buttons are active while the input device is feeding If Continuous is selected Stop X can be pressed to cancel the test 4 At the end of the test the printer returns to the INPUT TRAY TESTS menu PRINTER SETUP Defaults This setting is used by the printer to determine whether US or non US factory defaults should be selected The following printer settings have different US and non US values Printer default values US value Non US value Paper Sizes setting in the General Settings menu U S Metric Default Paper Size paper feeding sources which do not have Letter A4 hardware size sensing capabilities Default Envelope Size 10 Envelope DL Envelope envelope feeding sources which do not have hardware size sensing capability Fax media size Letter A4 PCL Symbol Set PC 8 PC 850 PPDS Code Page 437 850 Universal Units of Measure Inches Millimeters Modification of the printer setting Defaults causes the NVRAM space to be restored to the printer s factory settings 3 20 Service Manual 5041 030 PAGE COUNTS Previous This menu lets you view the total page counts of the printer or the page counts broken down into color and mono A pages printed Unlike in previous printers none of these values can
272. uest producte El personal professional ha d estar ne assabentat i prendre les mesures convenients PRECAUCIO aquest s mbol indica que el voltatge de la part de l equip amb la qual esteu treballant s perill s Abans de comengar desendolleu l equip o extremeu les precaucions si per treballar amb l equip l heu de connectar Qm AS eee AAAY A TAO RAE Bs T4 See uUe ook ee 39 53 LAE ee A ee de Ae A A S HE tc le Wee Te et eee Pe 1 Ne 5 AF A1 EI Woes H AB TE At 2 St A OAL Cf 10L A NL LE IC ore T WH e ENEEIER HE 89 7 1497 532 a sum Ve eee A dee cS eee ee oy ese 717 SS a S29 S42 SSA aa eee ea apps Sele spes pap esses eap sre ri ere e ASP i A ZEAE PE VA OR VERUS E P7 hh EE DU A s EAE 29 BE fie 7 A ARES VERI EE vx Eg ANT SEE AE AP s TI 2E OS WARE A REH SPAT Sih f H Ay Pepa E JAEN SEDI ES PER RI ENV ARI A ART IE AAAS BT T Wie WARS f hF FRAU UO RH HE VER EE DA i KER fife or FL ELE T8 AE A 4k TES e UE o GRE HU DOO m B FELD BUSCKBUT IES IY oA Safety information Xiii 5041 030 Preface This manual contains maintenance procedures for service personnel It is divided into the following chapters 1 General information contains a general desc
273. vice System BOAI cis coo oua bad REOR AR Re ae sU DESEAS AE E RW KR Ed 2 27 955 5 Service NAND Failure aisi dup aded ce seks EUR RAO A AGUA asec Rd CE GE CA RR o AUR 2 27 959 xx Service Invalid Firmware eeeeeeeeee RR hh hh nn 2 27 960 4 Service Memory Errol ios adus R RUN 4m ROS e RURUUR ARGUS ur P ROS UB EURNUE C wom ae 2 27 961 XX Service Memory ETEOE s icdcescdees Wines dae RR ARR RESET E ES ERE dox FOU ERR EA 2 27 964 xx Service Emulation ETFOF 5 soak rh RR REACH ORCECRCR KORR RORCKCKOR ARCA RR RR a 2 27 975 xx Standard network or Network Card X 0 c eee eee eee eee 2 28 976 xx Standard network or Network Card X 1 00 c eee eee eee eee 2 28 982 xx Service dBVIC OS 6 iste ices teats ee ade wee RR Vd sie RE E A ma ed bene wees 2 28 990 xx Service devices ianak sack a E RCOCEOROOCREIOR CERCA Rend Rew AC ROCA LR ROC e Rat EO KR 2 28 991 xx Service device Card i2iesaiesnassskaesrek sas eee SE ee eee ede GER RA A ER dos 2 28 1xx 9xx Error code service checks i i ss EEROOAOR CERCA RCRCARUKCCACRURCECACROR Reaee meee weed 2 29 111 01 Black Printhead erOf 152x454 322 Shae Rab d SHS Macs RR RR Ud Ragd dra Rise oA d RR CR d 2 29 142 01 Cyan DMNA CNG 243 9 poe 3R ORO eR RR Rc doo od acie Rr aee e oboe 2 29 113 01 Magenta printhead GITOF is Lus isa baaaus enc ubanqs E a ERE A ROAORUN E AA RR QURE CR AR a 2 29 114 01 Yellow Printhead GOF acies caer on aoe ee tb EAE AER RR RR tae Rr eR aeons 2 29 12104 TH
274. ws A in the upper left corner of the drive unit Repair information 5041 030 Previous A ha Go Back 4 61 5041 030 7 Remove the screw C on top of the drive unit Previous A ha Go Back C 4 62 Service Manual 5041 030 9 Remove the screw E in the lower right corner of the drive unit Previous A ha Go Back E 10 Remove the two screws F on the bottom of the drive unit Repair information 4 63 5041 030 11 Remove the two screws G in the lower left corner of the drive unit Btevius A ha Go Back Drive unit motor C M Y K removal Note All four motors use this procedure 1 Remove the drive unit 2 Place the drive unit with the motors down on a table 3 Remove the two screws A securing the motor to the drive unit A Note When replace the drive motor be careful to not damage the gears in the drive unit with the metal gear on the motor 4 64 Service Manual 5041 030 Sub drive unit removal Previous 1 Open the right cover and remove the fuser A 2 Remove the rear cover See Rear cover removal on page 4 5 3 Remove the top cover See Top cover removal on page 4 12 v 4 Remove the rear EMI shield See Rear EMI shield removal Not a FRU on page 4 83 Next 5 Remove the HVPS See HVPS removal on page 4 88 6 Remove the rear fan See Rear fan removal on page 4 79 7 Disconnect the engine board fan cable from t
275. x the Problem solved Contact your issue second level support Diagnostic information 2 63 Previous Next D Go Back 5041 030 Imaging unit photo developer missing service check Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Are the imaging units properly seated Go to step 3 Go to step 2 2 Reseat the imaging units and properly close the Problem solved Go to step 3 photodeveloper lock Did this fix the issue 3 Check the contacts on the rear of the photodeveloper Go to step 5 Go to step 4 for dirt or toner Are the contacts clean 4 Clean the contacts on the photodeveloper Did this fix Problem solved Go to step 5 the issue 5 Inspect the subframe contacts for damage and dirt Are Go to step 6 Go to step 7 they dirty or damaged 6 Replace the subframe Did this fix the issue Problem solved Go to step 7 7 Replace the HVPS Did this fix the problem Problem solved Go to step 8 8 Replace the printhead controller board Did this fix the Problem solved Contact your problem second level support Option card service check Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Remove all the cards and POR the machine Does the Go to step 3 Go to step2 printer work normally 2 Replace the RIP Does the printer work normally Go to step 3 Contact your second level support 3 Replace the cards and POR the machine until t
276. y include Paper loaded Select Continue More information the printer will present instructions Cancel Job the printer job can be canceled e Wait for supplies lf job parking is enabled and the job meets all the requirements for allowing the job to be parted the printer adds this message Load source Custom String Load paper in the indicated source and select Continue Additional messages may include More information the printer will present instructions Cancel Job the printer job can be canceled e Wait for supplies lf job parking is enabled and the job meets all the requirements for allowing the job to be parted the printer adds this message Load source size Load paper in the indicated source and of the indicated size and select Continue Additional messages may include More information the printer will present instructions Cancel Job the printer job can be canceled e Wait for supplies lf job parking is enabled and the job meets all the requirements for allowing the job to be parted the printer adds this message Load source type size Load Manual custom type name If paper loaded is in the manual feeder the job continues If paper is not in the feeder pressing Select indicates to the printer it should search for a source with the proper custom type Additional messages may include More information the printer will prese

Lexmark C 76x (5060-4xx)

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents